| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine. | This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe. | At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2 | I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna. | If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3 | Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne. | This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy; |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō. | but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die; |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5 | Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.” | only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after." |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1 | I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine. | About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter, |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2 | Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei. | who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5 | A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine. | When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6 | A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1 | Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine. | After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter, |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ola iki kekahi o ia mau hānau ʻana o Mālaekahana; ua pau wale nō i ka pepehi ʻia e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi. | but she could not save them from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe. | When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you? |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2 | E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne. | Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAhā aʻe nei a māua keiki, ʻahā nō i ka make. | four children were mine, four are dead. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.6 | Akā hoʻi, inā i ʻike mai hoʻi ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei a he keiki kāne, ʻaʻole ana.” | But if you see it is to be a boy, I will not do it." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.” | The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.1 | A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna. | At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana. | When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua. | When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, noi akula ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kahuna e noʻonoʻo mai i mea pono ai ka wahine a e ola ai hoʻi ke keiki. | then Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother and save the child. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale. | Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.4 | A inā e hānau aʻe, a laila, naʻu e mālama ke keiki. | and when the child is born, then give it to me to take care of; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.5 | I hoʻi mai ia, ua lilo iaʻu ke keiki, a inā e nīnau mai, haʻi aku ʻoe he keiki ʻaluʻalu, a laila pau wale.” | when he comes back, the child will be in my charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale. | At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house, |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia. | and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē! | When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka! |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki. | the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka koke aku ʻo Kahauokapaka a hele akula. | Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1 | A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?” | After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?" |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?” | When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?" |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2 | Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai. | a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child." |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3 | ”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai. | Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei. | Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu; |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni. | By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4 | Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola. | Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana. | On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa naʻe a ka makāula i hiki ai i laila, ua nalo mua aku ʻo Waka ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Now, just as the seer arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was concealed. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a ka makāula e kūnānā ana, a laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai o ko Waka luʻu ʻana aku. | As the seer stood looking, he saw the rippling of the water where Waka had dived. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole hoʻi he makani o kēia luawai e kuleana ai lā hoʻi ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai, me he mea lā, he mea e ʻauʻau ana a ʻike aʻe nei iaʻu, peʻe iho nei.” | No wind ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has hidden from me." |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai. | After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka. | Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.1 | Ua noho ua makāula nei ma ke kaʻe o kēlā luawai a moe ʻo ia ma laila a ao ia pō. | The seer remained at the edge of the pool, and slept there until morning. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.2 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, i ka manawa mōlehulehu, ala aʻela ʻo ia, ʻike akula kēlā i ka piʻo a ke ānuenue i uka o Kūkaniloko. | At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the rainbow above Kukaniloko, |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.3 | Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa. | forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki kēia i Honouliuli, ʻike akula ua makāula nei i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i uka i Wahiawā. | and Honouliuli, where he saw the rainbow arching over Wahiawa; |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.5 | Piʻi loa akula ʻo ia a hiki i Kamaoha, a ma laila ʻo ia i moe ai a ao ia pō; ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea i ukali mai ai. | ascended Kamaoha, and there slept over night; but did not see the sign he sought. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1 | A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi. | When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi. | Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili. | On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.2 | ʻEkolu mau lā o ia nei ma Kuamoʻokāne, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka uhi paʻapū a ka ua a me ka noe. | Three days he remained on Kuamooakane, thickly veiled in rain and fog. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.2 | Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa. | He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa. | So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.1 | Hoʻohuli aʻela nā mea waʻa i ka waʻa i hope a holo i Oʻahu nei. | The paddlers turned the canoe around and sailed for Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei. | When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana. | Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia e pule ana i loko ona iho, hiki koke maila ka ʻino nui ma luna o lākou a pono ʻole ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa. | As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers were afraid. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia nō ka moe a nei kanaka lā o uka,” a laila, ala aʻela ua makāula nei; e hoʻoiho ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei. | The man sleeps as if he were ashore." When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, nīnau akula ʻo ia i nā mea waʻa, “He aha iho nei kēia hana a ʻolua iaʻu i hoʻi hope ai ka waʻa? | Then he asked the paddlers: "What are you doing to me to take the canoe back again? |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.3 sent.2 | A he aha kuʻu hewa?” | What have I done?" |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli. | Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.2 | Mai ka holo ʻana mai nei nō kā ke kulikuli a hiki i kēia manawa. | from the time we left until now the noise has kept up. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lākou e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, lele akula ka makāula ma hope o ka waʻa, a lilo ihola iā ia ka hoʻokele. | As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of the steering, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.2 | Holo akula lākou a kau ma Haleolono i Molokaʻi. | and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa. | there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2 | Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai. | Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a ka makāula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, i ia pō iho, hiki mua ke kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane. | On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.2 | A puoho aʻela ʻo ia, he moeʻuhane, a laila, hoʻāla akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona kupuna wahine. | and when she awoke, it was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.3 | A ala aʻela, nīnau akula ke kupuna wahine i kāna moʻopuna i ke kumu o ka hoʻāla ʻana. | and the grandmother awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai. | The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli; |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.5 | Pēlā mai nei ʻo ia iaʻu, a puoho wale aʻela wau lā, hoʻāla akula iā ʻoe.” | there we two shall dwell; so he told me, and I awoke and wakened you." |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana. | As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi. | They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?” | When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo. | And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale. | When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.2 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi. | Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.” | And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā. | At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike maopopo loa ʻana aku o ka mea waʻa iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, he nūhou ia i ka mea waʻa. | And when the paddler saw Laieikawai clearly, desire came to him afresh. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, kupu aʻela ka manaʻo ʻano ʻē i loko ona e hele e hoʻokaulana iā Molokaʻi a puni no kēia mea āna e ʻiʻini nei. | Then the thought sprang up within him to go and spread the news around Molokai of this person whom he longed after. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo akula ua mea waʻa nei iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “ʻAuhea ʻolua. | Then the paddler said to Laieikawai and her companion, "Where are you! |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.6 | ʻO ʻolua ma loko a ma waho o kēia wahi.” | inside and outside you two are masters of this place." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1 | A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe? | When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ? |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.” | I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.” | And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1 | A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu. | The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2 | ”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi. | Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo, haʻalele ihola ka mea waʻa iā lāua nei a hele akula e like me ka ʻōlelo hoʻoholo mua i loko ona. | When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he had vowed. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.2 | I ia hele ʻana, ma Kaluaʻaha kona hiki mua ʻana a moe aku ʻo ia i Hālawa. | As he went he came first to Kaluaaha and slept at Halawa, |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.3 | A ma kēia hele ʻana a ia nei, ua kūkala aku ʻo ia i ka maikaʻi o Lāʻieikawai e like me kona manaʻo paʻa. | and here and on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa. | The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.2 | Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa, hiki mua ʻo ia i Pelekunu a me Wailau, a ma hope, hiki i Waikolu, kahi a ka makāula e noho ana. | got on board and went first to Pelekunu and Wailau; afterwards he came to Waikolu, where the seer was staying. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai. | When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Kalaupapa, aia hoʻi, he ʻaha mokomoko e ʻākoakoa ana. | When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.2 | Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu. | he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.” | but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly." |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua. | Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.2 | A no ko ia nei manaʻo i lohe pono ʻia mai kāna ʻōlelo, oi pono loa akula ia i waena o ke anaina, kū ihola ʻo ia i mua o ka ʻaha, a kuehu aʻela ʻo ia i ka lepo o kona ʻaʻahu, a haʻi hou aʻela i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mua ai. | And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the
midst of the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his garment and repeated the words he had just spoken. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.3 | I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi. | Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.4 | Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?” | At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?" |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.1 | A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine. | Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi. | When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi me ka wiwo ʻole, “No koʻu ʻike i ka maikaʻi, koʻu mea nō ia i ʻōlelo kaena ai.” | Then the man said fearlessly to the chief, "Of my judgment of beauty I can speak with confidence." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamaʻilio ana me ke aliʻi, e noho ana ka makāula i ia manawa e hoʻolohe ana i ke ʻano o ke kamaʻilio ʻana. | As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was seeking. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia. | So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAkahi nō wau a ʻike, a he mea malihini ia i koʻu mau maka.” | this was the very first time; she was a stranger to me." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ka makāula ʻo kāna mea i ʻimi mai ai me ka nīnau pono aku i kahi i noho ai, a haʻi pono ʻia maila. | So the seer thought that this must be the person he was seeking, and he questioned the man closely where they were living, and the man told him exactly. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.2 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i mōhai no ka manawa e hālāwai aku ai, a hele akula. | After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice when they should meet and departed. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2 | Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei. | there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola. | He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa. | That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.2 | I ia wanaʻao ʻana aʻe, loaʻa iā lāua ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi, a kau lāua ma laila a holo akula, a ma Maunalei ko lāua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and lived for some time at Maunalei. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2 | ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking; |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i pauaho a hoʻōki i kona manaʻo paʻa. | nevertheless he was not discouraged into dropping the quest. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2 | A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi. | At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.4 sent.1 | Ua nui nō nā lā o ka makāula ma Kaʻuiki, ʻaneʻane makahiki a ʻoi aʻe paha, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike iki i ka hōʻailona mau āna e ukali nei. | Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he never saw the sign he had followed thither. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi. | he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3 | A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia. | The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana. | As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai. | That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.3 | No laila, ʻapōpō, e kū ʻoe a hele.” | therefore, to-tomorrow, rise and go." |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.4 | Puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe, aia kā he hihiʻo, a no kēia mea, pono ʻole ihola kona manaʻo. | He awoke from sleep; it was only a dream, so he doubted |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e hiki iā ia ke moe i ia pō a ao. | and did not sleep the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe i ke kakahiaka nui, iā ia ma luna o Kaʻuiki, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kīlepalepa a ka peʻa o ka waʻa i lalo o Kaihalulu. | And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.2 | Holo wikiwiki akula ʻo ia a hiki i ke awa, nīnau akula i kahi a kēia waʻa e holo ai, haʻi ʻia maila, “E holo ana i Hawaiʻi,” a noi akula ʻo ia e kau pū me lākou ma ka waʻa, a ʻae ʻia maila ʻo ia e holo pū me lākou. | He ran quickly and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to take him, and the latter consented. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou. | When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip; |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka makāula, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa ʻaʻole e hana ʻia kekahi mea pono ʻole ma ia holo ʻana o lākou. | The men promised to do nothing amiss on this trip, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kēia mau mea, kau lākou ma ka waʻa a holo akula. | and the talk ended; he boarded the canoe and set out. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.2 | A i ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i nā mea waʻa, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hiki i Lamaloloa a komo akula i Pāhauna ka heiau. | and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.3 | He heiau kahiko kēlā mai ka pō mai a hiki i kēia manawa. | an ancient temple belonging to olden times and preserved until to-day. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.2 | A no ka pule hoʻomau a ua makāula nei, ua loaʻa hou iā ia ke kuhikuhi ʻana e like me kēlā hōʻike iā ia ma Kaʻuiki. | and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign that was shown to him on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, haʻalele ʻo ia i ia wahi. | At this he left the place |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.3 | Oi hele aku ʻo ia mai ka manawa ʻuʻuku o kahi puaʻa a nui loa, a na ka puaʻa nō e hele. | and the journey lasted until the little pig he started with had grown too big to be carried. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.2 | Haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki aku ʻo ia i Laupāhoehoe, a ma laila aku a hiki i Kaiwilahilahi, a ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai he mau makahiki. | The seer left that place, went to Laupahoehoe, and thence to Kaiwilahilahi, and there remained some years. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1 | Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula. | In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni. | When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli" |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.4 | A pau ka uē ʻana a lākou, nīnau akula nā aliʻi iā Kauakahialiʻi, “Pehea kāu hele ʻana aku nei ma muli o kou hoʻāo ʻia ʻana iā ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa)?” | After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?" |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei. | Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.2 | A hiki au i Hawaiʻi, kaʻapuni wau i ia mokupuni. | I went to Hawaii, traveled all about the island, |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4 | Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.” | went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands." |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.5 | I loko o kēia ʻōlelo ʻana a Kauakahialiʻi, hoʻomaopopo loa maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikaʻi o ua wahine nei. | During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form of that woman. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku. | Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.3 | A kani aku ka leo o ka ʻalalā, ʻaʻole nō wau i loko o ia leo. | or the alala, I am not in that sound; |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.4 | Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻelepaio, hoʻomākaukau wau no ka iho aku, a i kani akula ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a laila, ua puka wau ma waho o kuʻu hale nei. | when rings the note of the elepaio then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the apapane sounds, then am I without the door of my house; |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.5 | Hoʻolohe mai auaneʻi ʻoe a i kani aku ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena, a laila, aia wau ma waho o ka hale o ko hānai. | if you hear the note of the iiwipolena, then am I without your ward's house; |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.6 | ʻImi aʻe ʻolua a loaʻa wau ma waho, ʻo ia kuʻu manawa e launa ai me ko hānai.' Pēlā mai ka ʻōlelo o ua wahi kahu nei oʻu. | seek me, you two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my man told me. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.2 | Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai. | we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.1 | “A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea, ʻī maila ka wahine i ua wahine kahu nei oʻu, 'E hoʻi ʻoe, a ma kēia pō hiki aku au. | "When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, ' You return, and to-night I will come |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.6 | I ka pili o ke ao, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a i ka ʻōwehewehe ʻana o ke alaula, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena. | at dawn rang the note of the apapane; and at the first streak of light rang the note of the iiwipolena; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.8 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu me kona nani nui.” | and when it passed away she lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty." |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kauakahialiʻi i mua o nā aliʻi, ua hoʻokū ʻia mai ko ʻAiwohikupua kino ʻokoʻa e ka ʻiʻini nui me ka nīnau aku, “ʻO wai ka inoa o ia wahine?” | At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's name?" |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia akula ʻo ia ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a no ka ʻiʻini nui o ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mea a Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo nei, manaʻo ihola ia e kiʻi i wahine male nāna, akā, ua haʻohaʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no kēia wahine. | They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his wife, but he wondered who this woman might be. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.2 | A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui. | Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.3 | A lilo aʻela ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui, huāhuā maila nā punahele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, akā, he mea ʻole lākou i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana. | After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.2 | Eia kā, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kā lāua kūkā mau a he ʻuʻuku ke kūkā ma nā mea ʻē aʻe. | but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom about anything else. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau. | Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions! |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.2 | Mai kēia lā aku a hiki i koʻu mau lā hope, ʻaʻole loa ana wau e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male naʻu mai Kauaʻi nei a hala loa i Hawaiʻi. | From this day until my last I will take no woman of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3 | Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.3 | A puoho aʻela ke aliʻi, he moeʻuhane kāna. | When he awoke, lo! |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.2 | A no ia mea, makemake ihola ke aliʻi e loaʻa hou iā ia i ka hiamoe lōʻihi ʻana ma ia awakea i kumu e ʻike hou aku ai i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma ka moeʻuhane. | therefore he wished to prolong his midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike maopopo loa aku he wahi helehelena wale nō kāna ʻike lihi ʻana a hikilele aʻela ʻo ia. | but he could not see her distinctly; barely had he seen her face when he waked out of sleep. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.3 | A no kēia mea, ua ʻano ʻē loa ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | For this reason his mind was troubled |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.4 | I ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana a ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau mea a pau, penei nō ia, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | and the chief made oath before all his people: "Where are you? |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.6 | A inā e walāʻau he aliʻi ʻai moku, e pau kona ʻai moku ʻana. | if he is chief over a district he shall lose his chiefship; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.7 | Inā he aliʻi ʻai ahupuaʻa, e pau ia, a inā he konohiki a lōpā paha ka mea nāna i hahaʻi kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa, a laila, ʻo ka make ka uku.” | if he is chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a tenant fanner break my command, death is the penalty." |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.8 | ʻO ia ihola ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi e loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe lōʻihi i kumu e launa hou ai lāua ma ka moeʻuhane me Lāʻieikawai. | The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.7 sent.1 | A pau kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻomaka hou ʻo ia e hiamoe. | After speaking all these words, he tried once more to sleep, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.7 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe a hiki i ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā. | but he could not get to sleep until the sun went down. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēia hana a ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i haʻi aku i kēia mea āna e ʻike nei ma ka moeʻuhane. | During all this time he did not tell anyone about what he saw in the dream; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.3 | Manaʻo lā hoʻi ʻo ia, aia a loaʻa hou aku, a laila, haʻi aku i kona hoa kuhina nui. | thinking when it came again, then he would tell his chief counsellor. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.1 | A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa. | And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.2 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake a lawe ʻia maila, inu ihola ke aliʻi me kona kuhina a oki maila ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | and made ready what the chief commanded, and he brought it to him, and the chief drank with his counsellor and drunkenness possessed him. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.4 | A laila, hāpai aʻela ia i wahi ʻōlelo ma ke mele penei: | Then he raised his voice in song, as follows: |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.” | Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “Ua oki nā ʻōlelo a kāua, no ka mea, ke oki mai nei ka ʻona o ka ʻawa iaʻu.” | Said the chief. "Cut short your talk, for I am cut off by the drink." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki. | After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year, |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.7 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko ke aliʻi hoʻopau ʻana no ka inu ʻawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ke aliʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane a me ke kumu o kona hoʻomau ʻana i ka inu ʻawa, a haʻi pū akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kumu o kona kau ʻana i kānāwai paʻa, no ka mea, walaʻau i loko o kona wā hiamoe. | It was only after he quit awa drinking that he told anyone how Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the awa and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he slept. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.1 | I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho. | At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night; |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.2 | I ia manawa ke koho ʻana a ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa kūpono ke holo pū, ko ke aliʻi mau iwikuamoʻo ponoʻī. | and at the same time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal attendants. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau. | Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ua maopopo i kona poʻe nānā uli a kilokilo hoʻi, he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele i kāna huakaʻi. | And the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his journey. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1 | A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula. | And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.2 | I ia holo ʻana a lākou ma kēia holo ʻana, hiki mua lākou ma Nānākuli i Waiʻanae. | As they sailed, they came first to Nanakuli at Waianae. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.3 | I ia wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki mua lākou i Mōkapu, a ma laila lākou i noho ai he ʻumi lā, no ka mea, ua loʻohia lākou i ka ʻino; hiki ʻole ke holo i Molokaʻi. | In the early morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.4 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ka mālie, a maikaʻi ka moana. | After ten days they saw that it was calm to seaward. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.5 | I ia pō iho a ao, hiki lākou i Polihua ma Lānaʻi, a ma laila aku, hiki ma Ukumehame. | That night and the next day they sailed to Polihua, on Lanai, and from there to Ukumehame, |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.6 | A no ka makani ʻino i ia lā, ua noho lākou ma laila a i kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Kīpahulu i ia lā. | and as the wind was unfavorable, remained there, and the next day left that place and went to Kipahulu. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka. | At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kahi naʻe a lākou i noho ai, ua nui ka poʻe mahalo no ʻAiwohikupua no ke kanaka maikaʻi. | Now wherever they went the people applauded the beauty of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.2 | I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā. | When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana. | When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo. | While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.3 | Kainoa hoʻi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoʻi he wai, hoʻokahi hoʻi ka ʻauʻau ʻana o kākou, hoʻi aku he hale a moe, he ʻai nō, he iʻa nō hoʻi a he wahi moe nō hoʻi. | Why not throw off your garment, jump in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a place to sleep. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.4 | ʻO ia ihola nō ka waiwai a ke kamaʻāina. | That is the wealth of the people of this place. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, ʻī akula ke kuhina i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! Pono kā ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi wahine iā ʻoe.” | At these words of the princess the counsellor said to Aiwohikupua, "Ah! the princess would like you for her lover! for she has taken a great fancy to you." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī aku kona kuhina, “Ua laʻa ʻoe no kēlā hoʻohiki āu, a laila, e aho naʻu ka wahine a kāua.” | At these words his counsellor said, "You are bound by that vow of yours; better, therefore, that this woman be mine." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kēia kamaʻilio liʻiliʻi ʻana a lāua, hele akula lāua i ka heʻe nalu. | After this little parley, they went out surf riding |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2 | A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne. | and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua. | After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?” | So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? " |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.4 | Ma kāu hana e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai a e hoʻokō ai hoʻi, ma ka mea kūpono naʻe o ka hoʻokō aku. | and will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed, |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.5 | A inā hoʻi e make ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe nō kaʻu. | and if you lose to me, then you are mine; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.7 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ke aliʻi kāne i ka ʻōlelo ʻae. | The chief readily agreed to the princess's words. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.8 | I ka hahau ʻana a lāua i ka papa mua, make ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | In the first game, Aiwohikupua lost. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.9 | A laila, ʻī maila ke aliʻi wahine, “Ua eo iaʻu! | Then said the princess, "I have won over you; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.10 | ʻAʻohe ou kumu ʻē aʻe e pili mai ai, a inā naʻe he kaikaina kou, a laila, ʻae aku au e pili hou kāua.” | you have nothing more to put up, unless it be your younger brother; in that case I will bet with you again." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.11 | A no kēia mau ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ke aliʻi wahine i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae ma ka waha wale nō. | To this jesting offer of the princess, Aiwohikupua readily gave
his word of assent. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1 | A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke. | During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.2 | Aia a hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki wau ma mua o kuʻu holo ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole wau e launa me kekahi o nā wāhine ʻē aʻe. | not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I vowed before sailing hither to know no woman |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.3 | Aia nō a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a laila, hana wau e like me kuʻu makemake, e like me kā kāua e kamaʻilio nei, a ʻo ia hoʻi ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kou makemake. | until I had made the circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have agreed. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6 | A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi. | and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.9 | A pau nā kauoha a ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama, haʻalele lākou iā Maui, hiki lākou nei i Kapakai ma Kohala. | After laying his commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau. | The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i ke awa pae waʻa ma Kauhola, nīnau akula ke aliʻi i ke kumu o ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka, a laila, haʻi maila nā kamaʻāina he ʻaha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ʻana. | When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were coming together for a boxing match. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.3 | A hekau ihola nā wāʻa o lākou, piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a me kona kuhina, a me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, ʻehā ko lākou nui o ka piʻi ʻana. | they made the canoe fast, and Aiwohikupua, with his counsellor and the two steersmen, four in number, went ashore. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele. | When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?” | As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Ihuanu e hōʻike ana iā ia iho, huli aʻela ʻo ia a ʻike iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea maila, “Pehea ʻoe, e ka malihini? | As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called out, '"How are you, stranger? |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi. | When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.2 | Pane akula ʻo ia i mua o kona hoa hakakā, “E ke kamaʻāina, ua noi mai ʻoe iaʻu e leʻaleʻa kāua a eia hoʻi kaʻu noi iā ʻoe. | and he answered his opponent: "O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is what I ask of you: |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī maila ʻo ia, “He ʻoi ʻoe o ke kanaka nāna i ʻōlelo hoʻokano iho nei wau i mua o kēia ʻaha a pau. | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua, he said, "You are the greatest boaster in the crowd!" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO wau nō ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kānaka a pau, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe i ʻekolu aku ma kēia aoʻao, a he aha lā ʻoe i mua oʻu?” | I am the best man here, and yet you talk of three from this side; and what are you compared to me?" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.2 | A he aha hoʻi ʻoe i mua oʻu? | and what are you compared to me! |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, hele maila kekahi o nā pūʻali ikaika a ma ke kua o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo maila, “ʻĒ! Mai ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā Ihuanu. | At Aiwohikupua 's words, one of Cold-nose's backers came up behind Aiwohikupua and said: "Here! do not speak to Cold-nose; |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.4 | I ia manawa, huli aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pale aʻela i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo mai ma kona kua, hāʻule akula i lalo a make loa. | Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell down dead. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē! | When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2 | Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima. | I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand; |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.3 | Ahona a kuʻi maoli aku kēlā, lele liʻiliʻi. | when he gives a real blow the man will fly into bits. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.6 | A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.” | So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up." |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.4 | A he aha kā ʻoukou i makaʻu ai? | Then what are you afraid of? |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.5 | A no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, inā i hopo ʻoukou no kēlā malihini, a laila, e hūnā ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau maka i ke aouli. | And now I tell you if you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6 | Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.” | When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Ihuanu, ʻī aku kona mau hoa hiu mokomoko, “ʻAuhea ʻoe! | At these words of Cold-nose his supporters said, "Where are you! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.3 | Kūlia i mua o ka ʻai a ke kumu a kākou i aʻo pū ʻole ʻia mai ai iā mākou, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe ua kani ka pola a ko malo. | we are silent before the fruit of this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, that the end of your girdle has sung; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu! | While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.2 | Kuʻi ʻia i kuʻu piko a pololei i ʻehā kāuna kuʻi!” | strike me right in the stomach, four time four blows!" |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.” | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē kona ukiuki. | These words enraged Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei? | Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy, |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa.” | for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei. | Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia. | by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?” | At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ke kumu kuʻi a Ihuanu i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hele maila a ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ihuanu, ʻī maila, “Hāwāwā ʻoe, e kuʻu haumāna. | When Cold-nose's master heard these words he went to Cold-nose's side and said, "You are foolish, my pupil. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e kēnā hou mai kēlā, a laila, e hoʻomaka ʻoe e kuʻi me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea ʻo kona manawa e kēnā mai ai e kuʻi, ʻo ia ihola nō ka hoʻomaka ʻana,” a no laila, ua pono kēia iā Ihuanu. | If he orders you forward again then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold- nose was satisfied. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, nīnau hou akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākaukau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu? | After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka puʻupuʻu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kāna puʻupuʻu, kū nō i ka houpo, hulā ma ke kua. | As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on the chest and pierced to his back; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu. | then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.1 | A make ihola ʻo Ihuanu, hele maila kona mau hoa e waiho ana, nā mea hoʻi nāna i ʻōlelo mai e hoʻōki ka hakakā me ka nīnau iho, “E Ihuanu! | When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka ʻōlelo henehene a kona mau hoa. | These were the scornful words of his supporters. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele. | As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.3 | A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻaha, a hoʻi akula a kau i luna o nā waʻa a holo akula. | This ended, Aiwohikupua left the company, got aboard the canoe, and departed: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.4 | Kuʻi akula ka lono o kēia make a puni ʻo Kohala, Hāmākua, a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi. | and the report of the deed spread through Kohala, Hamakua, and all around Hawaii. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.1 | Holo akula kā lākou nei a kau i Honokaʻope ma Waipiʻo, ma laila aku a waho o Pāʻauhau, nānā aʻela lākou, e kū ana ka ʻeʻa o ka lepo o uka. | They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau and saw a cloud of dust rising landward. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu. | The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, hele maila kekahi kamaʻāina ma ko lākou nei wahi e noho ana. | Then came one of the natives of the place to where they stood |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hana a ka ʻaha, haʻi ʻia maila e like me ka ʻōlelo a kēlā mau wāhine i ʻōlelo ai. | and Aiwohikupua asked what the people were doing, and the man answered as the women had said. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.3 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi kamaʻāina, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku ʻo wau kekahi e leʻaleʻa me kēlā poʻe, ʻaʻole naʻe e leʻaleʻa me ka poʻe ikaika ʻole.” | Aiwohikupua said to the man, "You go and say I am a fellow to have some fun with the boxers, but not with anyone who is not strong." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.” | The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hele koke ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā Hāunakā e leʻaleʻa māua.” | Said Aiwohikupua. "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some fun together." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.1 | A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha. | When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.2 | A hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a wehe aʻela i kona kīhei a kāʻei aʻela ma kona pūhaka. | and Aiwohikupua came, took off his cape, and bound it about his waist. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, kāhea maila ma waho o ka ʻaha he wahi kanaka i ʻike i ka hakakā ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua me Ihuanu, “E Hāunakā a me ka ʻaha, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e pakele i kēia kanaka. | As Aiwohikupua was speaking a man called out from outside the crowd, who had seen Aiwohikupua fighting with Cold-nose, "Haunaka and all of you gathered here, you will never outdo this man; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi nō kuʻi iā Ihuanu, hulā pū ka puʻupuʻu ma ke kua, a ʻo ke kanaka nō kēia i make mai nei ʻo Ihuanu.” | Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This is the very man who killed Cold-nose." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lālau maila ʻo Hāunakā i nā lima o ʻAiwohikupua a aloha maila ʻo ia, a ʻo ka pau nō ia, hoʻāikāne lāua, hui ka ʻaha. | Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.2 | A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hele pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā me ke aikāne a kau lākou lā ma nā waʻa a holo akula a pae i Laupāhoehoe. | and they left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Pāʻauhau ma Hāmākua, i ka lā hoʻi i holo mai ai a hiki i Laupāhoehoe, ua ʻike mua akula ka makāula i nā mea a pau i kekahi ahiahi iho ma mua o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Laupāhoehoe, a penei kona ʻike ʻana. | On the day when Aiwohikupua's party left Paauhau, at Hamakua, on the same clay as he sailed and came to Laupahoehoe, the prophet foresaw it all on the evening before he arrived, and it happened thus: |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.3 | Nānā akula ʻo ia i ke kukū o nā ʻōpua ma ka nānā ʻana i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a like me ka mea mau i ka poʻe kilokilo mai ka wā kahiko mai a hiki i kēia manawa. | he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even until now. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.3 sent.2 | A nānā akula, ʻaʻole he mau waʻa holo mai, no laila, nīnau akula ka poʻe me ia, “ʻAuhea hoʻi nā waʻa āu i ʻōlelo mai nei he mau waʻa aliʻi?” | but could see no canoe coming. Then the people with him asked, "Where is the canoe which you said was a chief's canoe coming? " |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei. | A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's — |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.3 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ka makāula i kēlā hōʻailona, kū aʻela ʻo ia a hopu he wahi puaʻa, he moa lawa, me ka pū ʻawa e hoʻomākaukau ana no ka hiki mai o ʻAiwohikupua. | When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a black cock, and pulled a bundle of awa root to prepare for Aiwohikupua's coming. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia hana a ka makāula, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i ko lākou poʻe me ka nīnau aku, “E hele ana ʻoe e hoʻomākaukau nei kēia ukana āu?” | The people wondered at his action and asked, ''Are you going away that you make these things ready?" |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.1 | A kokoke ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ke awa ʻo Laupāhoehoe, i ia manawa ke kuʻi ʻana o nā hekili he iwakālua. | As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals of thunder sounded, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula. | and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.1 | I nā waʻa e holo mai ana a pae, kū ana ka makāula i ke awa. | When the canoe came to land the seer was standing at the landing; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2 | Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani. | he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.6 | Hō mai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka puaaneane, a kani koʻo, a pala lauhala, a haumakaʻiole. | bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a mat, until the eyes are dim. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke aliʻi e hoʻolohe ana i ka pule a ka makāula, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kāna makāula kēia. | As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized his own prophet, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ka pule ʻana a ua makāula nei, kēnā koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hāʻawi nā makana a ka makāula na nā akua.” | As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to "present the seer's gifts to the gods." |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.1 | lele koke akula ka makāula a hopu i nā wāwae o ke aliʻi, a kau ihola i luna o ka ʻāʻī a uē ihola. | Instantly the seer ran and clasped the chief's feet and climbed upward to his neck and wept, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.2 | A ʻo ʻAiwohikupua hoʻi, apo akula ma nā poʻohiwi o kāna kauā a uē helu ihola. | and Aiwohikupua hugged his servant's shoulders and wailed out his virtues. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.3 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola ke aliʻi i kāna kauā, “He aha kou mea i hiki mai ai a noho i ʻaneʻi, a pehea ka lōʻihi o kou hele ʻana?” | After the wailing the chief asked his servant: "Why are you living here, and how long have you been gone?" |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka makāula i ʻōlelo aku ai i ke aliʻi i nā kumu a me nā kuleana o kona hele ʻana, a pau ia, a laila, na ka makāula ka nīnau hope iā ʻAiwohikupua, akā hoʻi, ma ka pāʻewaʻewa o kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana me ka ʻōlelo aku he huakaʻi kaʻapuni kāna. | When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was on a sight-seeing tour. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.3 | Walea ihola ke aliʻi me ka makāula i ia pō a wanaʻao, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa a holo akula. | The chief stayed with the seer that night until at daybreak they made ready the canoe and sailed. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.1 | Holo akula lākou mai Laupāhoehoe aku a hiki lākou i waho o Makahanaloa. | They left Laupahoehoe and got off Makahanaloa |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.2 | Nānā akula ua wahi kanaka nei (ka mea i kapa ʻia he kuhina) i ka piʻo mai a ke ānuenue i uka o Paliuli, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! ʻAuhea ʻoe. | when one of the men, the one who is called the counsellor, saw the rainbow arching over Paliuli. He said to the chief: "Look! Where are you! |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.3 | E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila, aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea a kāua e kiʻi nei, a ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.” | See that rainbow arch? Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find, and there
is where I found her. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke noi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, e kali kāua a ʻike ʻia mai ka mālie ʻana. | But let us wait until it is pleasant |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.4 | A ikē ʻia aku ka piʻo mai o ke ānuenue i loko o ka manawa mālie, a laila, maopopo nona kēlā hōʻailona.” | and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we shall know it is her sign. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.1 | A ma kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hekau ihola nā waʻa o lākou i ke kai. | At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2 | Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua. | and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.3 | A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa. | After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o ka lā, i ke kakahiaka nui, ala aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a puka akula ma waho o ka hale. | On this fourth day in the early morning Aiwohikupua awoke and went out of the house, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i kahi a lāua i ʻike mua ai. | lo! the rainbow arching where they had seen it before: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.3 | Kakali lōʻihi ihola ke aliʻi a hiki i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, hoʻi akula a kona kuhina, aia kēlā e hiamoe ana. | long the chief waited until the sun came, then he went in |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.6 | I ke kali maila nō wau a puka ka lā, aia nō ke mau lā ke ānuenue. | and I waited until sunrise — still the rainbow! |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.1 | I ia holo ʻana o lākou a ahiahi, pae lākou i Keaʻau. | They sailed until evening, made shore at Keaau |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.3 | A hiki lākou, mahalo maila nā kamaʻāina no ʻAiwohikupua e like me kona ʻano mau. | When they arrived, the people of the place admired Aiwohikupua as much as ever. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4 | Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō. | The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.5 | I ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, hopu akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻaʻahu ʻahuʻula, a hāʻawi akula i kahi kanaka, a piʻi akula. | At sunset Aiwohikupua caught up his feather cloak and gave it to the other to carry, and they ascended. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula lāua i loko o nā ulu lāʻau loloa, i ka hihia paʻa o ka nāhelehele me ka luhi a hiki lāua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe lāua i ka leo o ka moa. | They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow of a cock. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka piʻi a lohe hou lāua i ka leo o ka moa (ʻo ka moa kualua ia). | They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's second crow this). |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.4 | Hoʻomau aku lāua i ka piʻi a hiki i ka mālamalama loa ʻana. | They went on climbing until a great light shone. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula kahi kanaka, “Aia a puka leʻa aku kāua i waho o ka mahina ʻai nei lā, a laila, ʻike maopopo leʻa ʻia aku ka hale.” | Said the man. "When we get well out of the garden patch here, then we can see the house clearly." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.2 | A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki. | The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua kānalua ʻana, a no ke kānalua i loaʻa iā ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo aku ʻo ia i kona kōkoʻolua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | and for the first time he felt doubtful of his success. And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where are you? |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.4 | Kuhi iho nei wau he wahine a lohe mai i ke aʻo, ʻaʻole kā! | I supposed her just an ordinary woman. Not so! |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki kā hoʻi kāua i ka hale o ko wahine, kā kāua mea i ʻau mai nei i kēia mau kai ʻewalu, a eia kā hoʻi he koi kāu e hoʻi. | after we have reached the woman's house for whom we have swum eight seas, here you are
begging to go back. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.3 | E hele nō kāua a launa. | Let us go and make her acquaintance, |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.1 | “ʻAuhea ʻoe.” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, | "Where are you?" answered Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole e hiki iā kāua ke hele e hālāwai me ke aliʻi wahine, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e loaʻa, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau, ua ʻano ʻē loa ka hale. | "We will not meet the princess, and we shall certainly not win her, for I see now the
house is no ordinary one. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Paliuli, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Keaʻau, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa, a ma ia wanaʻao, kau ma luna o nā waʻa a hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had left Paliuli they returned and came to Keaau, made the canoe ready, and at the approach of day boarded the canoe and returned to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.3 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana, ʻakahi nō a ʻike kona kuhina i ke kumu. | then, for the first time, his counsellor knew the reason. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua. | On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua; |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3 | A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa. | After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.2 | A no kēia, hikilele aʻela ka hiamoe o ʻAiwohikupua, nīnau aʻela i kā lākou mea e walaʻau nei, haʻi ʻia akula, “He wahine maikaʻi aia ke noho maila i ka pali.” | At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff." |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAlawa aʻela ke aliʻi a ʻike akula he mea ʻē o ka wahine maikaʻi, a no kēia mea, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa e hoe pololei aku ma kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo akula a kokoke. | The chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a charming woman. So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the woman was sitting, and as they approached |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana. | As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.2 | A no laila, e ke Aliʻi wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau e lawe ʻoe iaʻu i kāne hoʻāo nāu a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku ma lalo ou. | and therefore, O princess of the cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband,
and I will be the servant under you; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.3 | Ma kāu mau ʻōlelo e ʻōlelo ai a ma laila wale nō wau. | whatever commands you utter I will obey. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e ʻae ʻoe e lawe iaʻu e like me kaʻu e noi aku nei iā ʻoe, a laila, e kau kāua ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku i Kauaʻi. | If you consent to take me as I beseech you, then come on board the canoe and go to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.5 | A pehea lā?” | Why not do so?" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.3 | A pehea lā i hikiwawe ai ka loaʻa ʻana o koʻu inoa iā ʻoe e ke Aliʻi?” | and how did you find out my name so quickly?" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAkahi nō wau a maopopo no Mauna Kea mai ʻoe, a ua loaʻa koke kou inoa iā mākou ma ka haʻi ʻia ʻana e kēlā kanaka paeaea.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman yonder." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1 | “A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea? | "As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.3 | A pau ko huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi nei, a laila, hoʻi aku a hoʻāo ʻolua? | After this trip around Hawaii, then are you not returning for your marriage? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4 | A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe. | And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you, |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.5 | Nāu nō e lawe iaʻu a hui kāua e like me kou makemake.” | but yours to take me with you as you desire." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Poliʻahu, pili pū ihola ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo me ke kaumaha nō hoʻi. | At Poliahu's words Aiwohikupua marveled and was abashed: |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.2 | A liʻuliʻu, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i wahi nīnau pōkole penei, “Pehea lā ʻoe i ʻike ai, a i lohe ai hoʻi, no kaʻu mau hana āu e haʻi mai nei? | and after a while a little question escaped him: "How have you ever heard of these deeds of mine you tell of? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.2 | Noʻu iho nō koʻu ʻike,” wahi a ke aliʻi wahine, “no ka mea, ua hānau kupua ʻia mai wau e like me ʻoe, a ua loaʻa nō iaʻu ka ʻike mai ke akua mai o koʻu mau kūpuna a hoʻoili iaʻu e like me ʻoe. | I knew them for myself," said the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like you. my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire me; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.3 | A na ia akua wau i kuhikuhi mai e like me kaʻu e ʻōlelo nei iā ʻoukou. | and through these gods I showed you what I have told you. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.4 | Iā ʻoukou nō e holo mai ana i Humuʻula, ua ʻike wau nou nā waʻa, a pēlā wau i ʻike ai iā ʻoe.” | As you were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you were." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi. | At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole kāua e holo pū i Kauaʻi,” wahi a ka wahine, “akā, e kau wau me ʻoukou a Kohala, hoʻi mai wau, a laila, hoʻi ʻoukou.” | "We shall not go together to Kauai." said the woman, "But I will go on board with you to Kohala, then I will return, while you go on." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.3 | Mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana e hālāwai nā aliʻi a hiki i ka pau ʻana o nā ʻōlelo a lāua, i luna nō o nā waʻa kēia mau kamaʻilio ʻana. | Now, the chiefs met and conversed on the deck of the canoe. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.4 | Mai hoʻopā mai ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻopā iā ʻoukou a hiki wale i Kohala. | You must not touch me, I will not touch you until we reach Kohala: |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.6 | A ua maikaʻi ia mea i mua o lākou. | and this request pleased them. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.7 | I ia holo ʻana o lākou a hiki i Kohala, ʻaʻole i hana ʻia kekahi mea iho i waena o lākou. | As they sailed and came to Kohala they did not touch each other. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō. | They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.” | but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau mea, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli nui loa ia i ko ke aliʻi kāne naʻau, a me kona kuhina, a me nā kānaka hoe waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua heard these things the chief's heart was glad, and his counsellor and the paddlers with him. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.” | Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.3 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana i ka wanaʻao, hoʻokaʻawale lākou i ka wahine noho mauna, a holo akula a hiki i Hāna a hālāwai me Hinaikamalama. | When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. | When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe i hiki aku ai ma kēlā awa pae waʻa, i ka moana nō lākou i lana aku ai, a iā lākou e lana ana ma laila, ʻike maila ʻo Hinaikamalama no ʻAiwohikupua kēia mau waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water: and as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.3 | Mahamaha maila ka wahine me ka manaʻo e hele aku ana a hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua, akā, aia nō lākou ke lana mālie maila i ka moana. | joyful was she with the thought of their meeting: but still the boat floated gently on the water. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.1 | Hele mai ʻo Hinaikamalama a ma kahi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e lana ana, ʻī akula ka wahine, “He mea kupanaha! | Hinaikamalama came thither where Aiwohikupua and his men floated. Said the woman. "This is strange! |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.3 | Mahamaha mai nei kēia i ka ʻike ʻana mai nei iā ʻoukou, kainoa lā hoʻi he holo mai a pae aʻe, ʻaʻole kā! | Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to land. Not so! |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.4 | No laila, ke nīnau aku nei wau iā ʻoe, ma laila nō anei ʻoukou e lana ai a holo aku?” | Now, tell me, shall you float there until you leave?" |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua. | "Yes." answered Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻoukou e hiki,” wahi a ka wahine “no ka mea, e kauoha nō wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa iā ʻoe. | "You can not." said the woman. "for I will order the executioner
to hold you fast; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.2 | Ua lilo ʻoe iaʻu i ke kōnane ʻia, a ke waiho nei nō ia hoʻohiki a kāua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoʻi ʻana maila.” | you became mine at konane and our vows are spoken, and I have lived apart and undefiled until your return." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.1 | “E ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole pēlā,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻaʻole au i hoʻopau i kā kāua hoʻohiki, ke mau nei nō ia. | "O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow — that still holds; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine. | but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.4 | A Hilo nō, loaʻa aʻe nei i ka uhai mai Kauaʻi mai no ka pilikia o ko ka hale poʻe, no laila, hoʻi mai nei. | still at Hilo I got a message from Kauai that the family was in trouble at home, so I turned back; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5 | I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.” | I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.6 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻi maila ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine a like me ma mua. | At these words of Aiwohikupua the princess's faith returned. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Hāna a holo mai lākou a hiki i Oʻahu nei. | After this they left Hana and sailed and came to Oahu, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.2 | A mai ʻaneʻi aku a like a like o ka moana o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i nā hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele penei, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | and on the sea halfway between Oahu and Kauai he laid his command upon the oarsmen and the steersmen, as follows: "Where are you? |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.5 | Inā e lohe ʻia ma kēia hope aku, a laila, i lohe ʻia nō iā ʻoukou, a ʻo ka uku o ka mea nāna e haʻi kēia ʻōlelo no ka holo ʻana i Hawaiʻi, ʻo ka make ka mea nāna e ʻōlelo. | if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the penalty to anyone who tells of the
journey to Hawaii, it is death, death to himself, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.6 | Make mai kāna wahine, ʻo ka ʻohi nō ia o ka make a ka mea hoʻāikāne mai.” | death to his wife, death to all his friends; this is the debt he shall pay." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.7 | ʻO ia ke kānāwai paʻa a ke aliʻi i kau ai no ka poʻe i holo pū me ia i Hawaiʻi. | This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who sailed with him to Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele, ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana. | Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei. | not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.3 | I kiʻi aku nei wau iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male (hoʻāo) naʻu no koʻu lohe ʻana nō iā Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo ana i ka lā a lākou i hiki mai ai. | to fetch Laieikawai for my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party
returned here. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.4 | I ka hele ʻana aku nei hoʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i kana mai a ke ʻano ʻē o ka wahine. | But when I came there I did not get sight of the woman's face; |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.6 | A no ia manaʻo oʻu ʻaʻole e loaʻa iaʻu, manaʻo aʻe au iā ʻoukou, e nā kaikuahine, ka poʻe nō e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake i nā lā i hala, no laila, kiʻi mai nei au iā ʻoukou e holo i Hawaiʻi. | And as I thought of my failure, then I thought of you sisters, "who have won
my wishes for me in the days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.7 | ʻO ʻoukou nō ka poʻe e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake, a ma kēia wanaʻao, e kū kākou a e hele.” | the very ones to win what I wish, and at dawn let us rise up and go." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.8 | A laila, he mea maikaʻi kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne iā lākou. | Then they were pleased with their brother's words to them. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.9 | I loko o kēia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo ana me nā kaikuahine, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i kona kuhina ʻo ia ke kumu o ka hoʻi wikiwiki ʻana iā Kauaʻi. | As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the
first time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2 | A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui. | When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.1 | I ka wanaʻao o ia pō, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, hiki ma Puʻuloa, a ma laila aku a kau ma Hanauma. | That night, at the approach of day, they left Kauai, came to Puuloa, and there rested at Hanauma; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.2 | I kekahi lā aʻe, kau i Molokaʻi ma Kaunakakai; ma laila aku a pae i Māla ma Lahaina. | the next day they lay off Molokai at Kaunakakai, from there they went ashore at Mala at Lahaina; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.3 | A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Keoneʻōʻio ma Honuaʻula, a ma laila i noho lōʻihi ai, ʻekolu anahulu, no ka mea, ua nui ka ʻino ma ka moana. | and they left the place, went to Keoneoio in Honuaula, and there they stayed 30 days. For it was very rough weather on the ocean; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.4 | A pau nā lā ʻino, a laila, ua ʻike ʻia mai ka maikaʻi o ka moana. | when the rough weather was over, then there was good sailing. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.5 | I ia manawa ko lākou haʻalele ʻana iā Honuaʻula a holo akula a hiki ma Kaʻelehuluhulu ma Kona, Hawaiʻi. | Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo. | As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.3 sent.2 | Ma ko Poliʻahu ʻano kupua kēia ʻike ʻana, a no ia mea, waiho wale nō i loko o ka wahine kona manaʻo, aia a hālāwai lāua, a laila, hōʻike aku i kāna mea e ʻike nei no kā ʻAiwohikupua mau hana. | through her supernatural power she saw it all; so the woman laid it up in her mind until they should meet, then she showed what she saw Aiwohikupua doing. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.4 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua mai Kaʻelehuluhulu aku, hiki mua lākou ma Keaʻau, akā, ua nui nō nā lā a me nā pō o kēia hele ʻana. | From Kaelehuluhulu, Aiwohikupua went direct to Keaau. but many days and nights the voyage lasted. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2 | A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi. | and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lākou piʻi ʻana i Paliuli, kauoha ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa, “Eia mākou ke hele nei i kā mākou huakaʻi hele, ka mea hoʻi a kuʻu manaʻo i kau nui ai a hālāwai maka. | Before going up to Paliuli. Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the paddlers, ''While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to see face to face, |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.4 | I kali ʻoukou a i ao kēia pō a i pō ka lā ʻapōpō, a laila, ua waiwai mākou. | If you wait until this night becomes day and day becomes night, then we prosper; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.6 | ʻO ia ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | so the chief ordered. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a ke aliʻi i nā kānaka, piʻi akula a like a like o ka pō, hiki lākou i Paliuli. | After the chief's orders to the men they ascended half the night, reaching Paliuli. |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai. | Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house, |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale akula kēnā o nā kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, a i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his wife, you for the wife and he for the husband; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai. | When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka manawa i hōʻole ʻia ai ko ke aliʻi kāne makemake, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hoʻi kāua a e noho nā kaikuahine oʻu i uka nei, a na lākou nō e ʻimi aʻe i ko lākou wahi e noho ai, no ka mea ʻaʻole a lākou waiwai. | After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live as they can, for they are worthless; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2 | Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana. | I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.3 | Ua kēnā aʻe nei ʻoe iā Mailehaʻiwale i kāna loaʻa, a ua lohe akula nō hoʻi kākou i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai. | you have ordered Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.2 | E hoʻāʻo aʻe ʻo Mailekaluhea i kāna loaʻa a i nele, a laila hoʻi kākou.” | let Mailekaluhea try her luck, and if she fails then we will go." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, ua maikaʻi iki ia ʻōlelo i ke aliʻi. | Now, this saying pleased the chief; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hoʻāʻo aku hoʻi ʻoe i kāu loaʻa, a i nele, ʻo ia ihola nō.” | said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try your luck, and if you fail, all is over." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailekaluhea a ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kū ihola, kuʻu akula i ke ʻala. | Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out a perfume: |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia hele nō o ke ʻala a pā i kaupoku ma loko o ka hale. | the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the house, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kuhina nei ona, “ʻĒ! Ke lohe pono akula ʻoe i ka hōʻole ʻana aʻela a ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor. "See! did you hear the princess's refusal?" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1 | “Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou. | "You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.2 | ʻAlua i hala, ʻekolu i koe,” wahi a kona kuhina, “kuʻu ʻia aku paha i pau, he nani ia ua pau nā kaikuahine o kāua i ke kiʻi. | two are out; three remain," said his counsellor. "Let all your sisters take a chance: this will be
best; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.3 | Wikiwiki auaneʻi hoʻi paha ʻoe e hoʻi, a hiki kākou i kai o Keaʻau, ʻōlelo kākou no ka loaʻa ʻole, e ʻōlelo aʻe auaneʻi ka poʻe kaikuahine ou i koe,'Inā no iā mākou ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai e kiʻi, inā nō ua ʻae mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai'. | perhaps you are too hasty in going home: when you reach Keaau and say you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us try, Laieikawai would have consented;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻAuhea ʻoe, e kuʻu Kuhina,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole ʻo ʻoe ke hilahila ana, ʻo wau nō. | "Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not
you who bears the shame; I am the one. |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “Kainoa ua ʻike nō ʻoe he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne. | "Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.2 | A hōʻole mai auaneʻi ia, na wai e ʻōlelo kāna hōʻole ʻana? | and if she should refuse, who will tell of it? |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.5 | A no ka ikaika loa o ua wahi kuhina nei ona i ke koi, hoʻoholo ke aliʻi i ka ʻae. | And because the counsellor urged so strongly the chief gave his consent. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi a kūpono i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻala e like me nā mea mua. | Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her perfume as the others had done: |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.2 | Hikilele hou maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe a ʻōlelo akula i kahi kahu, “He wahi ʻala ʻokoʻa wale nō hoʻi kēia. | again Laieikawai was startled from sleep and said to her nurse, "This is an entirely different fragrance — |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1 | “I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.” | "One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.9 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “a i ʻole e loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o kāua, a laila naʻu e kiʻi a loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ʻōlelo aku wau e lawe iā ʻoe i kāne hoʻāo nāna e like me kou makemake.” | "Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you for her husband as you desire." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kuhina, a laila ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ke aliʻi naʻau i ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea ua lohe kēlā iā Kauakahialiʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana i ua wahi kanaka nei, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaʻau. | Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.2 | No laila i hoʻoholo koke ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻōlelo ʻae ma muli o ke koi a ua wahi kanaka nei. | so Aiwohikupua readily assented to his servant's plea. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailepākaha, hele akula a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.2 | Kuʻu akula i kona ʻaʻala a hikilele maila ko Lāʻieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana nō i ke ʻala. | and Laieikawai was startled from sleep and again smelled the fragrance. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me kona kuhina i kēia hōʻole hou ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻī aku ua kuhina nei ona, “E kuʻu Haku, pale ka pono! | When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his counsellor said. "My lord, it is useless! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.6 | A eia naʻe hoʻi kaʻu wahi ʻōlelo i koe iā ʻoe; ʻo ka ʻōlelo nō auaneʻi kaʻu, ʻo ka ʻae nō kāu.” | And now I have only one thing to advise; it is for me to speak and for you to decide." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻŌlelo ʻia ana,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a i ʻike aku au he kūpono i ka ʻae, a laila ʻae aku. | ''Advise away," said Aiwohikupua, "If it seems good, I will consent; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.3 sent.1 | “E kiʻi kāua ma o ke kupuna wahine lā,” wahi a ua kuhina nei, “e noi aku iā ia, malia o ʻae mai kēlā.” | "Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe we can get the consent from her." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole a kākou hana i koe; ua pau. | Said Aiwohikupua, "There is nothing left to be done; it is over; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.2 | Eia wale nō ka ʻōlelo i koe, ʻo nā kaikuahine o kāua, e noho lākou i ka nāhelehele nei, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe a lākou waiwai.” | only one word more — our sisters. let them stay here in the jungle, for they are worthless. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, huli akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻōlelo akula i nā kaikuahine, “E noho ʻoukou! | Then Aiwohikupua said to his sisters, "'You are to stay here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo ʻana i nā kaikuahine, kūlou like ihola ke poʻo o nā kaikuahine i kahi hoʻokahi e uē ana. | At Aiwohikupua's words all the sisters bowed their heads and wailed. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.2 | E lohe mua mākou i Kauaʻi, e lawe ana ʻoe a haʻalele iā mākou i kēia wahi inā ʻaʻole mākou e hiki mai. | Had we known in Kauai that you were bringing us to leave us in this place, we would never have come. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.3 | Pono nō lā hoʻi ia inā ʻo wau kekahi i kiʻi aku nei iā Lāʻieikawai a nele ana lā hoʻi, a laila, pono kāu haʻalele ʻana iaʻu. | It is only fair that I, too, should have had a chance to win Laieikawai, and had I failed then you
would have a right to leave me; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine ʻōpio, hoʻohewa ihola ʻo ia iā ia iho. | When Aiwohikupua heard his youngest sister, he felt himself to blame. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.9 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole wau e hiki aku,” wahi a kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “aia a pau loa mākou i ka hoʻi pū me ʻoe, a laila, hoʻi aku au.” | "I will not go," answered the youngest sister, "unless we all go together, only then will I go home." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikauhine ʻōpiopio, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “O noho ma muli ou mau kaikuaʻana a nāu nō e huli aʻe me ko mau kaikuaʻana i kā ʻoukou wahi e hele ai. | At these words of his youngest sister Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani akula ke oli a Mailehaʻiwale penei: | and as the two were still on the way, rang the song of Mailehaiwale, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.4 | E hoʻi ʻoe a ʻike aku I ka maka o nā mākua, haʻi aku, | Go and look Into the eyes of our parents, say |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.2 | Iho akula lākou a hiki i kai o Keaʻau, e hoʻomākaukau ana nā waʻa. | They descended and came to the coast at Keaau, where the canoe
was making ready for sailing. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.4 | A pau lākou i ke kau ma luna o nā waʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe kāhea ʻia mai. | all had gone aboard the canoe, there was no summons at all, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.5 | Iā lākou i hoʻomaka ai e holo, kani akula ke oli a Mailekaluhea penei: | the party began to move off: then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o kēia oli ʻana a Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole naʻe i maliu iki mai ko lākou kaikunāne. | While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother compassionately look toward them, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.2 | A hala akula lākou lā ma nā waʻa, noho ihola nā kaikuahine, kūkā ihola i manaʻo no lākou. | and the canoe having departed, the sisters sat conferring, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.4 | Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne. | These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.6 | A ua holo like aʻela ia manaʻo iā lākou. | And they did as she advised. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.1 sent.1 | A haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua nā kaikuahine i Punahoa ma kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kānoakapa. | They left Keaau, came first to Punahoa, to a place called Kanoakapa, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i ʻaneʻane ai e pae mai ma kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho aku ana, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine. | When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei: | As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.6 | Ka ualo hoʻi a kou mau pōkiʻi, | The chant of your little ones, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.5 sent.2 | A hele aku i kāu huakaʻi, | And go on your way. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.5 sent.3 | I ka huakaʻi hoʻi a ke aloha ʻole ē. | On the home journey — heartless. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka leo o kēia kaikuahine, lana mālie ihola nā waʻa, a laila, ʻī akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Pono ʻiʻo kākou. | As Aiwohikupua heard the sister's voice, they let the canoe float gently; then said Kahalaomapuana, "That is good for us; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.3 | Hoʻolohe aku kākou ʻo ka leo o ke kāhea mai, a kau kākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a laila palekana.” | now we shall hear them calling to us, and go on board the canoe, then we shall be safe." |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.4 | A liʻuliʻu kā lākou lā hoʻolana ʻana i nā waʻa, ʻo ka huli akula nō ia o ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo; ʻaʻole wahi mea a maliu iki mai. | After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and made off, and had not the least compassion. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula lākou lā, kūkā hou ihola nā kaikuahine i ʻōlelo hou na lākou. | When they had left, the sisters consulted afresh what they should do. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kā lākou hana ʻana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Punahoa, hele ukali hou maila lākou ma kahi e loaʻa ai ko lākou kaikunāne. | When this was done, they left Punahoa, again followed their
brother |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.4 | Noho maila lākou nei ma kahi kaʻawale, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā ma kahi kaʻawale. | Here they camped at some distance from Aiwohikupua's party, and Aiwohikupua's party from them. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Honoliʻi i ia pō, kūkā ihola lākou e moe kekahi poʻe a e ala hoʻokahi, a holo ia mea iā lākou. | At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a single one keep watch, and to this all consented. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.2 | Hoʻomaka ko lākou waki e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, a i ko lākou kaikaina ka waki wanaʻao o ke kū ʻana. | They kept watch according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ke kumu o ia hana ʻana a lākou pēlā, i ike ʻia ka manawa holo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, no ka mea, ua maʻa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ʻana mai mai Kauaʻi mai, ma ka wanaʻao e holo ai. | This was in order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the party had always set out at dawn. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.1 | Kū akula nā kaikuahine i ka pō a hiki i ko Mailepākaha waki e kū ana, hoʻomākaukau ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i nā waʻa no ka holo ʻana. | The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻāla akula ia i kekahi poʻe o lākou a ala like mai lākou a pau. | she awakened the others, and all awoke together. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻokoke akula kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ka mea i hele loa aku a paʻa ma hope o nā waʻa, a kāhea aku ma ke mele, penei: | The sisters followed down to the landing, and Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them in song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.10 | E huli mai, a e maliu mai, | Oh, turn back and have pity, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.12 | Aʻu hoʻi a kou pōkiʻi muli loa, | Me the littlest of your sisters. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola. | When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hala hope loa kekahi mau kaikuahine a hala mua lākou lā. | then the other sisters were left far behind and the canoe went ahead. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.2 | “E ʻAiwohikupua,” wahi a kona kaikuahine, “ʻaʻole wau e ʻae e lawe ʻoe iaʻu ʻo wau wale ke ʻole ʻoe e lawe pū me koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, no ka mea, ua kāhea mua aʻe nō ʻoe iaʻu i ko kākou wā i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole wau i ʻae mai no kou lawe iaʻu ʻo wau wale.” | "O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone." |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.1 | A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai. | And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.1 | “Ke hoʻi lā ʻoe a ʻike aku, | You go home and look, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1 | I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa. | Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.2 | A i ka wā i huli hope ai nā waʻa e kiʻi hou i kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa. | and by the time the canoe had turned about to pick her up she was not to be found. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele aku ai i nā kaikuahine ma Honoliʻi a lawe pū aku iā Kahalaomāpuana, nui loa ihola ke aloha a me ka uē ʻana no ko lākou kaikaina. | When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger sister, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.2 | A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna. | They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.3 | A pau kā lākou kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, kūkā ihola lākou i ka pono o ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻi hou lākou i Paliuli. | After talking of all these things, they consulted together where they might best live, and agreed to go back to Paliuli. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko lākou kūkā ʻana no lākou iho, haʻalele lākou iā Honoliʻi, hoʻi akula a uka o Paliuli ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, noho ihola lākou ma loko o nā pūhā lāʻau. | After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of hollow trees. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.2 | A no ko lākou makemake nui e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻohālua mau lākou i kēlā lā kēia lā a nui nā lā o lākou i hoʻohālua ai. | And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for her from day to day, and after many days of spying |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.4 | A no ia mea, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e ʻike aku ai lākou iā Lāʻieikawai, a nui nā lā o ko lākou ʻimi ʻana i mea e ʻike aku ai no ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli; ʻaʻole loaʻa. | So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā mau lā kūkā o lākou, ʻaʻole i pane iki ko lākou kaikaina, a no ia mea, ʻōlelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaʻana, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo mākou wale nō ia e noʻonoʻo nei i mea no kākou e ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole naʻe he loaʻa. | During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa. | "yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.2 | Malia paha o lilo ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi i nā pō a pau i mea no ke aliʻi e uluhua ai, a laila, hele mai e nānā iā kākou, a laila, pēlā paha e ʻike ai kākou iā Lāʻieikawai.” | perhaps the fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.3 | A ma kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, ua pono ia i mua o lākou. | Kahalaomapuana's words pleased them. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.1 | I ka pō mua, hoʻā aʻela lākou i ahi, a iā Mailehaʻiwale ke oli ʻana i ia pō e like me kā lākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, as they had agreed, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.2 | A i kekahi pō mai, iā Mailekaluhea. | and the next night Mailekaluhea; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.3 | Pēlā mau lākou i hana ai a hala nā pō ʻehā, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā Lāʻieikawai ka hoʻouluhua ʻia. | so they did every night, and the fourth night passed; but Laieikawai
gave them no concern. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.4 | Ua lohe nō naʻe ke aliʻi wahine i ke oli a ua ʻike nō hoʻi i ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi, a he aha lā ia mea i ke aliʻi wahine! | The princess had, in fact, heard the singing and seen the fire burning constantly, but what was that to the princess! |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula. | On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka leʻaleʻa no kēlā leo e kani nei; ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻouluhua ʻia ke aliʻi wahine. | Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the princess paid no attention to it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.3 | A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.4 | ʻElua wale nō puhi ʻana a Kahalaomāpuana i ia pō. | Only two times Kahalaomapuana blew on it that night. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻouluhua ʻia ko Lāʻieikawai manawa hiamoe, a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi kēia o ka pō leʻaleʻa loa o ke aliʻi. | Then Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.3 | A no ka uluhua o Lāʻieikawai, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia i kona wahi kahu e hele e nānā i kahi i kani mai ai kēia mea kani. | And, her interest aroused, she sent her attendant to see where the musical instrument was which was played so near her. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka aʻela ua wahi kahu nei o ke aliʻi i waho o ka hale aliʻi a ʻike akula i ke ahi a ua poʻe kaikamāhine nei e ʻaʻā mai ana. | Then the princess's attendant went out of the door of the chief-house and saw the fire which the girls had lighted, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokolo akula ʻo ia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e ʻā ana, ma ke kaʻawale naʻe kēia kahi i kū aku ai me ka ʻike ʻole mai a lākou lā iā ia nei. | crept along until she came to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was out of sight of those about the fire. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike kēia, hoʻi akula iā Lāʻieikawai, nīnau maila ke aliʻi. | And having seen, she returned to Laieikawai, and the princess inquired about it. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kahi kahu i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma muli o ka nīnau a ke aliʻi, “Iaʻu i puka aku ai mai ka hale aku nei, ʻike akula wau he ahi e ʻaʻā mai ana. | The attendant told the princess what she had seen. "When I went outside the door of the house I saw a fire burning near, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.3 | Hele aku nei wau a hiki, a ma ke kaʻawale koʻu kū ʻana aku me ka ʻike ʻole mai o lākou lā iaʻu, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula wau he mau kaikamāhine ʻelima e noho ana a puni ke ahi. | and I went and came and stood at a distance without being myself seen. There behold! I saw five girls sitting around the fire, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.5 | Hoʻokahi naʻe o lākou wahi mea ʻuʻuku loa, a nāna ia mea kani leʻaleʻa a kāua e lohe aku nei.” | but one of them was very little and she was the one who played the sweet music that we heard." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mea, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i kona kahu, “E kiʻi ʻoe a kahi mea ʻuʻuku o lākou. | When the princess heard this she said to her attendant, "Go and get the smallest of them, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hele akula kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o nā kaikamāhine, a ʻike maila lākou i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia, “He ʻalele wau i hoʻouna ʻia mai nei e kuʻu aliʻi e kiʻi mai i kekahi o ʻoukou e like me kaʻu mea e manaʻo ai e lawe. | At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.3 | A lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻohauʻoli ʻia ka naʻau o kona mau kaikuaʻana no ka manaʻo nō e loaʻa ana ka pōmaikaʻi ma hope. | When Kahalaomapuana was carried away, the hearts of the sisters sang for joy, for they thought to win fortune thereafter. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.1 | A hiki akula ua wahi kaikaina nei o lākou i mua o Lāʻieikawai. | And their sister went into the presence of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai a ka hale, wehe aʻela ke kahu o ke aliʻi i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | When they had come to the house, the attendant opened the door; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka ʻike ʻana aku o Kahalaomāpuana i kēia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha ia i mua o ke kaikamahine malihini, hāʻule akula ʻo ia i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia. | And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.6 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kahu o ke aliʻi a nīnau akula, “He aha kēia, e ke kaikamahine?” | The princess's attendant came and asked, "What is the matter, daughter?" |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.7 sent.1 | A pālua kāna nīnau ʻana, a laila, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine a ʻōlelo akula i ke kahu o ke aliʻi me ka ʻī aku, “E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e hoʻi au me oʻu kaikuaʻana ma kahi i loaʻa ai wau iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻeʻehia wau i ka makaʻu no ke ʻano ʻē loa o kāu aliʻi.” | And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature of your princess." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.1 sent.3 | E kū ʻoe a e komo aku e hālāwai me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha iā ʻoe.” | arise and enter to meet my princess as she has commanded you." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.2 sent.1 | “He makaʻu,” wahi a ke kaikamahine. | "I am afraid," said the girl. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi. | When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAe, naʻu,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana. | "Yes, it is mine," said Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.5 sent.1 | “ʻO ia ana,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | "Go on," said Laieikawai, |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.1 | A no ka lilo loa o ko Lāʻieikawai manawa i ka ʻoliʻoli no ka mea kani leʻaleʻa a ke kaikamahine, a laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kaikamahine e hoʻokani hou, ʻī akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻAʻole e kani ke hoʻokani hou, no ka mea, ua mālamalama loa. | Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. Said the girl, '' I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.2 | He mea mau ia, ma ka pō wale nō e kani ai nei mea kani, ʻaʻole e pono ma ke ao,” a no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine, kāhāhā loa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka manaʻo he wahaheʻe na ke kaikamahine. | and this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound by day." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, lālau akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka pū lāʻī ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine a hoʻokani ihola, a no ko Lāʻieikawai maʻa ʻole i ka hoʻokani ka pū lāʻī, no laila, ua loaʻa ʻole ke kani ma ia hoʻokani ʻana, a laila, he mea maopopo loa i ke aliʻi wahine he mea kani ʻole nō ka pū lāʻī ke hoʻokani ma ke ao. | Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it. and because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by day. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ke makemake nei wau e hoʻāikāne kāua, a ma koʻu hale nei ʻoe e noho ai. | Said Laieikawai to Kahalaomapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall live here in my house |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.2 | E lilo ʻoe i mea punahele naʻu, a ʻo kāu hana ka hoʻoleʻaleʻa mai iaʻu.” | and become my favorite, and your work will be to amuse me." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua pono kāu ʻōlelo, akā, he mea kaumaha noʻu ke noho wau me ʻoe a e loaʻa ana paha iaʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a ʻo koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, e lilo paha auaneʻi lākou i mea pilikia.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while my sisters might be suffering." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻEhia ʻoukou ka nui,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “a pehea ko ʻoukou hiki ʻana ma ʻaneʻi?” | "How many of you are there? " asked Laieikawai, "and how did you come here?" |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻEono mākou ko mākou nui a nā mākua hoʻokahi, ʻo ko mākou ono, he keiki kāne, a ʻelima mākou nā kaikuahine. | Said Kahalaomapuana, ''There are six of us born of the same parents; one of the six is a boy and five of us are his younger sisters, |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ke keiki kāne nō ko mākou mua, a ʻo wau ko mākou muli loa. | and the boy is the oldest, and I am the youngest born. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ka huakaʻi a ko mākou kaikunāne, ʻo ia ko mākou mea i hiki ai ma ʻaneʻi, a no ka loaʻa ʻole ʻana iā mākou o kona makemake, no laila, ua haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, a ua hoʻi akula ko mākou kaikunāne me kona kōkoʻolua, a ke noho nei mākou me ka makamaka ʻole.” | And we journeyed hither with our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and we live here in distress." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.3 sent.1 | “No Kauaʻi mai,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana. | "From Kauai," answered Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.4 sent.1 | “A ʻo wai ka inoa o ko ʻoukou kaikunāne?” | "And what is your brothers name?" |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.6 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula kēlā iā lākou a pau. | Then she told them all. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.1 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo lākou nō ka poʻe i hiki i kēlā pō mua. | Then Laieikawai understood that these were the persons who came that first night. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻO mākou nō,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana. | "Yes; we were the ones," said Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.10 sent.2 | A laila, ua maopopo he kamaʻāina ko lākou. | Then it was clear he was a fellow countryman of theirs. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.11 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kupuna wahine e hoʻomākaukau i hale no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | The end of all this talk was that Laieikawai bade her grandmother to prepare a house for the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.11 sent.2 | A laila, ma ka mana o Waka kona kupuna wahine, ua hikiwawe loa, ua paʻa ka hale. | Then, through the supernatural power of her grandmother, Waka, the matter was quickly dispatched, the house was made ready. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.12 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, kēnā akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kēlā pō aku, piʻi mai ʻoe me ou mau kaikuaʻana mai i ʻike aku wau iā lākou, a laila, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe iā kākou i kāu mea kani leʻaleʻa.” | When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: "You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo. | When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kiʻi ʻia maila wau a komo akula e kamaʻilio pū me ke aliʻi, a hana aku wau i kona leʻaleʻa e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | For this reason when I was taken in to talk with the princess I did just what she wished, |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.3 | A ua nīnau mai nei kēlā iā kākou, ua haʻi pau aku au. | and she asked about us and I told her everything. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.5 | Ua kauoha mai nei kēlā, a i kēia pō, piʻi aku kākou.” | she has commanded us all to go to her to-night." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.6 | A lohe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kēia mau ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o lākou. | When they heard this the sisters were joyful. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.7 | A hiki i ka manawa a ke aliʻi i kauoha mai ai iā lākou, haʻalele lākou i nā pūhā lāʻau kahi a lākou i noho pio ai. | At the time the princess had directed they left the hollow tree where they had lived as fugitives. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula lākou a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, wehe aʻela ke kahu o Lāʻieikawai i ka puka a ʻike akula lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikaina. | They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had described to them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, ua kiʻi aku ka poʻe malihini a lawe ʻia maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a he mea ʻoluʻolu ia i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | And at the princess's command the strangers were brought into the presence of the princess, and the princess was pleased with them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi. | And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.3 | Ma ka ʻōlelo a kekahi, ma laila like kākou. | Whatever one says, the others shall do. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.5 | A no ia mea, ua kauoha wau e hoʻomākaukau ko kākou kupuna wahine i hale no ʻoukou e noho ai me ka maluhia e like me aʻu nei. | and for this reason I have asked our grandmother to furnish you a home where you may live virgin like myself, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou. | To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.2 | E like me kāu i ʻōlelo mai nei iā mākou, a pēlā no mākou e hoʻolohe ai. | as you have said; and so we obey. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi naʻe mea a mākou e haʻi aku iā ʻoe, he poʻe kaikamāhine mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko mākou mau mākua. | Only one thing we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.4 | ʻAʻole he ʻoluʻolu e lawe mākou i kāne male, a ʻo ka makemake o ko mākou mau mākua, e noho puʻupaʻa mākou a hiki i ko mākou mau lā hope. | to take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin until the end of our days; |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.5 | A no laila, ke noi mau aku nei kāu mau kauā mai ʻae ʻoe iā mākou e hoʻohaumia me kekahi mau kānaka e like me ka makemake o ke aliʻi. | and so we, your servants, beseech you not to defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.6 | No laila, e hoʻokuʻu iā mākou e noho puʻupaʻa e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ko mākou mau mākua.” | but to allow us to live virgin according to our parents' vow." |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.7 | He mea maikaʻi naʻe i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo ka ʻōlelo a nā malihini. | And this request of the strangers seemed good to the princess. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lākou ʻōlelo ʻana me ke aliʻi no kēia mau mea, hoʻihoʻi ʻia akula lākou a ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia no lākou. | After talking with the princess concerning all these things, they were dismissed to the house prepared for them. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.2 | I ua mau kaikamāhine nei e noho ana ma kou lākou hale, he mea mau iā lākou ke kūkā mau ma nā mea e pili ana iā lākou a me ke aliʻi, no ko lākou noho ʻana a me nā hana a ke aliʻi e ʻōlelo mai ai. | As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they should obey the princess's commands, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.3 | A hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻolilo i ko lākou kaikaina i hoa kūkā no ke aliʻi ma nā hana e pili ana i kou lākou noho ʻana. | and they appointed their younger sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai. | and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.4 | Inā i hele mai kekahi mea makemake e ʻike iā ʻoe, inā he kāne a he wahine paha, a inā he aliʻi, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻike iā ʻoe ke ʻole mākou e ʻae aku. | If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our approval. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ke ʻae aku nei wau e like me kā ʻoukou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo, a ʻo ʻoukou nō ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni.” | Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the guardianship over all the land of Paliuli." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.4 | Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana. | nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, ua lilo ʻo Paliuli i ʻāina aloha loa na lākou, a ma laila lākou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ʻana iā Halaaniani. | So Paliuli became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.6 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu, e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi). | (Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.) |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi. | The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i hoʻi ai mai Hawaiʻi mai a hiki ma waena o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau hoe waʻa penei, “I ko kākou hoʻi ʻana ʻaneʻi a hiki i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i o Lāʻieikawai lā o hilahila auaneʻi au, no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i ka ʻōlelo ʻia, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei au i kaʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoukou. | As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea nāna e haʻi i kēia hele ʻana o kākou a lohe wau, a laila, ʻo kona uku ka make a me kona ʻohana a pau. | "Whoever speaks of this journey of ours and I hear of it, his penalty is death, his and all his offspring, |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.4 | Hoʻi akula lākou a Kauaʻi. | They returned to Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi mau lā, makemake ihola ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hana i ʻahaʻaina pālala me nā aliʻi a me kona mau hoa a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.2 | A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai, ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa. | While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.1 | I ka lā i ʻahaʻaina ai, ʻākoakoa maila nā hoa ʻai a pau loa, ua mākaukau nā mea ʻai, a ʻo ka ʻawa ko lākou mea inu ma ia ʻahaʻaina ʻana. | On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready spread, and the drink at the feast was the awa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.2 | Ma mua o ko lākou pāʻina ʻana, lālau like nā hoa i nā ʻapu ʻawa a inu ihola. | Before eating, all the guests together took up their cups of awa and drank. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3 | I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa. | During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake, lālau like aʻela nā hoa ʻai o ke aliʻi a me ke aliʻi pū i nā ʻapu ʻawa a inu aʻela. | When the chief's command was carried out, the guests and the chief himself took up their cups of awa all together and drank. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i lohe ʻia ma o kāna poʻe i pāpā ai, akā, ma ka waha ponoʻī nō o ʻAiwohikupua i lohe ʻia ai ka ʻōlelo huna a ke aliʻi. | not from one of his own men was the forbidden story told, but from the mouth of Aiwohikupua himself was the prince's secret heard. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻona ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hāliu pono akula ʻo ia ma kahi a Kauakahialiʻi e noho mai ana, ʻōlelo akula, “E Kauakahialiʻi ē, iā ʻoe nō e kamaʻilio ana iā mākou no Lāʻieikawai, komo koke ihola i loko oʻu ka makemake no kēlā wahine, no laila, moe ʻino koʻu mau pō e ake e ʻike. | While under the influence of the awa, Aiwohikupua turned right around upon Kanakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kanakahialii, when you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish to sec her; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.2 | No laila, holo aku nei wau a hiki i Hawaiʻi, piʻi aku nei māua a mālamalama, puka i uka o Paliuli. | so I sailed and came to Hawaii, two of us went up, until at daylight we reached the uplands of
Paliuli; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.5 | Hoʻi mai nei hoʻi wau a manaʻo mai, ʻo nā kaikuahine hoʻi ka mea e loaʻa ai, kiʻi mai nei. | I returned, in fact, thinking that the little sisters were the ones to get my wish: I fetched
them, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.6 | I hele aku nei ka hana me nā kaikuahine a hiki i ka hale o ke aliʻi, kuʻu aku hoʻi i kā nā kaikuahine loaʻa. | made the journey with the girls to the house of the princess, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina. | While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.3 | Kū aʻela ʻo ia i luna a ʻōlelo akula iā ʻAiwohikupua, “He hāwāwā akula nō kāu hele ʻana. | He arose and said to Aiwohikupua, "You managed the affair awkwardly. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.6 | Nāna nō e hele wale mai a hui māua, a laila, e ʻike ʻoukou, e noho aku ana māua.” | she would come of her own free will to meet me, then you would see us together. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.2 | Inā e lilo mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, he ʻoi ʻoe, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna me ʻoe i mau kānaka, a iaʻu nā waʻa. | if you get Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a double canoe; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.3 | A i nele ʻoe ma kēia hele ʻana āu, a laila, lilo kou mau ʻāina iaʻu. | and should you lose in this journey then your lands become mine, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.4 | A inā i hoʻi mai ʻoe me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, nou koʻu mau ʻāina.” | and if you return with Laieikawai then all my lands are yours." |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua mā ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, i ia pō iho, kau ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā ma luna o nā waʻa a holo akula, akā, ua nui nō nā lā i hala ma ia holo ʻana. | After Aiwohikupua had finished speaking, that very night, Hauailiki boarded the double canoe and set sail, but many days passed on the journey. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4 | ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.3 sent.1 | A i kekahi lā aʻe ma ka ʻauinalā, hiki akula lākou i Keaʻau. | And on the next day, in the afternoon, when they reached Keaau, |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau. | When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe ma ka puka ʻana a ka lā, uhi ana ke ʻawa a me ka noe ma Keaʻau a puni, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi ʻehiku mau wāhine e noho ana ma ke awa pae o Keaʻau, a hoʻokahi ʻoi o ia poʻe. | Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, one of whom was more beautiful than the rest. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAkahi wale nō a iho nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ma kēia hele ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e like me kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi. | This was the very first time that the sisters of Aiwohikupua had come down with Laieikawai, according to their compact. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.2 | A he aha lā ʻo Hauaʻiliki iā Lāʻieikawai? | But what was Hauailiki to Laieikawai? |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.1 | ʻEhā nā lā o Lāʻieikawai o ka hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau ma hope iho o ko Hauaʻiliki puka ʻana aku, a ʻehā nō hoʻi lā o ko Hauaʻiliki hōʻike ʻana iā ia i mua o Lāʻieikawai, a ʻaʻole naʻe he maliu iki ʻia mai. | Four days Laieikawai came to Keaau after Hauailiki's entering the harbor: and four days Hauailiki showed himself off before Laieikawai, and she took no notice at all of him. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo! ʻO Hauaʻiliki nō ka ʻoi ma Kauaʻi no ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a ʻo ia nō ka ʻoi i loko o kona mau lā, a he keiki kaulana hoʻi ʻo ia ma ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a kaulana nō hoʻi no kona uʻi. | the truth is Hauailiki surpassed anyone else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as well as for his good looks. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2 | I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke. | While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes; |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻO kāua pū,” wahi a Mailehaʻiwale. | "We are all alike," said Mailehaiwale. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Hauaʻiliki mau minuke hoʻokahakaha, lele akula ua ʻo Hauaʻiliki me kona papa heʻe nalu i ke kai a ʻau akula a kūlana nalu. | When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.1 | “Heʻe aku paha!” wahi a Hauaʻiliki, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ona makemake e heʻe pū ʻo ia me ka lehulehu ma ka nalu hoʻokahi. | "Land away!" answered Hauailiki, for he did not wish to ride in on the same breaker with the crowd. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.1 | A hala akula nā kamaʻāina, ʻōhū maila he wahi nalu ʻōpuʻu. | When the others had gone in, a little wave budded and swelled, |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e heʻe lā i ka nalu, ʻuā ka pihe a nā kamaʻāina a me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters of Aiwohikupua also. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.1 | A no ka lohe ʻana aku o Hauaʻiliki i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, manaʻo iho ia ua hui pū me Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo ʻuā. | When Hauailiki heard the cheering, then he thought surely Laieikawai s voice would join the shouting. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole kā! Hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu a hala ʻelima nalu, ʻo ia mau nō. | Not so! He kept on surfing until the fifth wave had passed, it was the same; |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka heahea ʻia mai, no laila, hoʻomaka maila iā Hauaʻiliki ke kaumaha me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo iki i kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua no ka “paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai.” | he got no call whatever; then Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu. | When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kākala ma kona kua, i ia manawa, kaha maila ʻo ia i ka nalu. | When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at his back, he stood on its edge, |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.2 | Piʻi ke kai me he niho puaʻa lā ma ʻō a ma ʻō o kona ʻāʻī, i ia manawa, ʻuā ka pihe o uka. | the foam rose on each side of his neck like boars' tusks. Then all on shore shouted |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAkahi nō a loaʻa mai iā Lāʻieikawai ka ʻakaʻaka, a he mea malihini nō hoʻi ia i kona maka a me kona mea ʻē aʻe. | and for the first time Laieikawai smiled; the feat was new to her eyes and to her guardians also. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ko Lāʻieikawai ʻakaʻaka ʻana iho, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ua komo ka makemake iā Lāʻieikawai ma kēia hana a Hauaʻiliki, a laila, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia ma ke kaha nalu. | When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2 | A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu. | until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves, |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ka peʻahi ʻana mai, a laila, ua hoʻomohala ʻia kona naʻau kānalua. | When Hauailiki saw the signal the burden was lifted from his mind; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana. | Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.4 | A ma hope iho o ia manawa, e uhi ana ka noe a me ka ʻohu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | And soon after the mist and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen of Laieikawai and her party; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO ka iho hope ʻana kēia a Lāʻieikawai mā i Keaʻau i loko o ko Hauaʻiliki mau lā. | This was the last time that Laieikawai's party came to Keaau while Hauailiki was there; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.2 sent.2 | Aia nō a hala aku ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā i Kauaʻi, a laila, hiki hou ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Keaʻau. | after Hauailiki's return to Kauai, then Laieikawai came again to Keaau. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoʻi akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki mai ka heʻe nalu aku a hālāwai me ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona alakaʻi hoʻi, ʻī akula, “Kainoa ʻo kahi paʻa aʻe nei a paʻa, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō kā kā ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo nei. | After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable: what Aiwohikupua said is true. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.2 | No laila, ua pau ka loaʻa a kuʻu kanaka maikaʻi a me kuʻu akamai i ka heʻe nalu. | There is no luck in my beauty or my skill in surf riding; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, hoʻoholo aʻela kona hoa i ka ʻae. | To this proposal of Hauailiki his comrade assented. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4 | ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole. | you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here; |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻolua e pono pēlā,” wahi a Mailekaluhea, “no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai mākou he mau kiaʻi e kipaku aku i nā mea a pau i hele mai i kēia wahi, no laila, e hoʻi ʻolua!” | "You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place: so, you two go back." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Mailekaluhea, ua ʻoi aku ka maʻalea o kā lāua nei ʻōlelo malimali i mua o ia ala, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia aku lāua. | But to Mailekaluhea's command they answered so craftily with flattering words that they were allowed to pass. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku. | As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.2 | A hala akula lāua, hālāwai akula me Mailepākaha, ka hā o nā kiaʻi. | And they went on, and met Mailepakaha, the fourth guardian. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.1 | A hala aku lāua, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula lāua iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kiaʻi ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, a ʻike akula nō hoʻi i ke ʻano ʻē o ka hale aliʻi. | And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the chief-house, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.2 | E kū ʻoe a hele aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻole o ʻolua kuleana o kēia wahi. | haste and go back, for you two have no business here; |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.6 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo weliweli a Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko Hauaʻiliki naʻau ʻeʻehia. | At these terrible words of Kahalaomapuana, Hauailiki's courage entirely left him; |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.6 sent.2 | Ala aʻela ia a holo wikiwiki akula a hiki ma Keaʻau ma ke kakahiaka nui. | he arose and ran swiftly until he reached Keaau in the early morning. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.6 sent.3 | Ma kēia hele ʻana a lāua i uka o Paliuli, ua nui ka luhi, a no ia luhi, hāʻule akula lāua a hiamoe. | For weariness of the journey up to Paliuli, they fell down and slept. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.7 sent.2 | A hālāwai pū ihola lāua, a i ko Hauaʻiliki puoho ʻana aʻe mai ka hiamoe, aia hoʻi, he moeʻuhane kāna. | and they met together; and on Hauailiki's starting from sleep, behold! it was a dream. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.3 | I ka lima o ka pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana o kēia moeʻuhane iā Hauaʻiliki, ma ka pili o ke ahiahi, ala aʻela ʻo ia a piʻi akula i uka o Paliuli me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o kona hoa. | On the fifth night after the dream had come to Hauailiki so repeatedly, after dark, he arose and ascended to the uplands of Paliuli without his comrade's knowledge. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ia i piʻi aku ai, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a lāua i piʻi mua ai a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana iā Mailehaʻiwale. | In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but close to Mailehaiwale |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.2 | Hele aʻela kēia ma kahi kaʻawale a pakele akula i nā maka o nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | he took a new path and escaped the eyes of the princess's guardians. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, nihi malū akula ko Hauaʻiliki hele ʻana a wehe aʻela i ke pani o ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka ʻahuʻula. | so he tiptoed up secretly, unfastened the covering at the entrance to the house, which was wrought with feather work, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia i komo aku ai a kū ma kahi a ke aliʻi e moe ana, lālau akula ʻo ia i ke poʻo o ke aliʻi a hoʻoluliluli aʻela. | When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught hold of the princess's head and shook her. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe ʻana, aia hoʻi, e kū ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki ma kona poʻo, a he mea pono ʻole ia i ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | Then Laieikawai started up from sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind was troubled. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.4 | E kū ʻoe a hele! Mai kali!” | arise and go; do not wait." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.2 | A iā māua i hiki ai i kai, a no ka māluhiluhi, hāʻule akula wau, hiamoe. | and on our reaching the coast, exhausted, I fell asleep: |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.3 | Iaʻu e hiamoe ana, hālāwai pū ihola kāua ma ka moeʻuhane a kahaʻula ihola kāua, a ua nui nā lā a me na pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana iaʻu o kēia mea, no laila wau i piʻi mai nei e hoʻokō i ka hana i ka moeʻuhane.” | while I slept we two met together in a dream and we were united, and many days and nights the same dream came; therefore I have come up here again to fulfill what was done in the dream." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo i kāu mea e ʻōlelo mai nei, no ka mea, ua loaʻa nō ia mea iaʻu ma ka moeʻuhane, ua hana nō e like me ka hana iā ʻoe, a he aha lā ia mea iaʻu? | what you say is no concern of mine; for the same thing has come to me in a dream and it happened to me as it happened to you, and what is that to me? |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.2 | A puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe aʻe, kāhea akula me ka nīnau aku, “E Lāʻieikawai! ʻO wai kou hoa kamaʻilio e haukamumu mai nei?” | and she started up from sleep and called out, "O Laieikawai, who is the confidant who is whispering to you?" |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.3 | A lohe lāua i kēia leo nīnau, hoʻomaha ihola ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i pane aku. | When she heard the questioner, Laieikawai ceased speaking. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.1 | A ma hope, ala aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a komo akula i ka hale aliʻi. | Soon Kahalaomapuana arose and entered the house, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.6 | Ua like no kaʻu ʻōlelo i kēia pō me ka pō mua, no laila, e kū ʻoe a hoʻi aku!” | and I say the same thing to-night as on that first night, so arise and return to the coast." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.7 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki me ka naʻau hilahila a hoʻi akula i kai o Keaʻau, a haʻi akula i kona hoa no kēia piʻi ʻana i Paliuli. | And at these words of Kahalaomapuana Hauailiki arose with shame in his heart, and returned to the beach at Keaau and told his comrades about his journey to Paliuli. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole he kuleana hou e loaʻa ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela nā wāʻa no ka hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Hauailiki saw that he had no further chance to win Laieikawai, then he made the canoe ready to go back to Kauai, |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.1 sent.2 | A ma ka wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau a hoʻi akula. | and with the dawn left Keaau and sailed thither. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hoʻi aku ai i Kauaʻi a hiki lākou ma Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e ʻākoakoa mai ana nā aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a Kauakahialiʻi a me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa kekahi i kēlā manawa. | When Hauailiki's party returned to Kauai and came to Wailua, he saw a great company of the high chiefs and low chiefs of the court, and Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa with them. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka haʻi aku naʻe i ka lilo ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau kiaʻi no ke aliʻi, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli ia iā ʻAiwohikupua. | When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua rejoiced. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo ia iā Hauaʻiliki, “Ua pau ka pili a kāua. | He declared to Hauailiki, "There's an end to our bet, |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pōmaikaʻi wau no kuʻu haʻalele ʻana i nā kaikuahine oʻu i Hawaiʻi, a e kō auaneʻi koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua lohe aʻe nei wau ua lilo koʻu mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiaʻi no kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | Said Aiwohikupua, How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a nā aliʻi a pau e ʻākoakoa nei ma Wailua, a laila, kū maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a haʻi maila i kona manaʻo i mua o nā aliʻi, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Now, while all the chiefs were gathered at Wailua, then Aiwohikupua stood up and declared his intention in presence of the chiefs: "Where are you! |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine. | At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs; |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi naʻe kaikuahine huhū loa, ʻo kahi mea ʻuʻuku, no laila koʻu manaʻo paʻa ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, a he uku nō kou kokoke aku.” | one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get paid for it." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, ʻaʻole he manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, no ka mea, ua manaʻolana loa kēlā no ka lohe ʻana ʻo kona mau kaikuahine nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful because of what he had heard of his sisters guarding the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.4 sent.2 | A mākaukau ke aliʻi no nā kānaka, a laila, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa. | and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.2 | A mākaukau ke aliʻi no nā kānaka, a laila, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa. | and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.3 | A mākaukau kēia mau mea a pau e like me ka wā holo mau o ke aliʻi, pēlā lākou i holo ai. | When everything was ready for such a journey they set out. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki lākou ma Kohala, i ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i ko Kohala poʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua kēia, ke kupua kaulana a puni nā moku. | When they came to Kohala, for the first time the Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the islands. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko ke aliʻi hūnā ʻana iā ia ma kēlā hiki ʻana ma Kohala i hakakā ai me Ihuanu, ʻo ia ka mea i ʻike ʻole ʻia ai. | And because the chief came in disguise to Kohala when he fought with Cold-nose, this was why they had not recognized him. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa a lākou i hiki aku ai, ua hoʻi aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai a me nā kaikuahine pū o ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli. | Just as they reached there, Laieikawai and the sisters of Aiwohikupua returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai ma kēlā lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai, ua ʻike mua mai ko lākou kupuna wahine i ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau. | When Laieikawai and her companions returned, on the day when
Aiwohikupua's party arrived, their grandmother had already fore-
seen Aiwohikupua's arrival at Keaau. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.5 | E noho ʻoukou ma uka nei a hiki i ka hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi.” | stay here on the mountain until Aiwohikupua returns to Kauai." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua. | When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2 | Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa. | When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.3 | A inā e haʻi mai i kona makemake, e hoʻokuke aku nō. | and if he should plead his cause force him away; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.4 | A inā i paʻakikī loa mai ma kona ʻano keiki kāne ʻana, e hoʻokuke ikaika aku iā ia. | and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, resist him still more forcibly; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5 | A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia. | and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.7 | A pau aʻela kā lākou kūkā ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻokaʻawale lākou iā lākou iho e like me ma mua, ʻoiai, e kiaʻi ana lākou i ke aliʻi. | After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a distance from each other to guard the princess as before. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, hoʻomau akula lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou he pahu kapu e like nō me ka mea mua i loaʻa ai iā lāua. | So they went right on and found another taboo sign like the first which they had found, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.6 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e like me nā mea mua, no ka mea, ua kūkulu ʻia nō nā pahu kapu e like me ka nui o kona mau kaikuahine. | [They continued on until they reached the third sing, like the ones before,] for one sign was set up for each of the sisters. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa. | After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO wai ko ʻolua kuleana o uka nei, a ʻo wai ko ʻolua makamaka?” | What business have you up here and who will befriend you?" |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.4 sent.1 | “He aha kēia, e kuʻu kaikuahine?” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, | "What is this, my sister? " asked Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.4 sent.2 | “Kainoa ʻo ʻoukou nō koʻu makamaka, a ma o ʻoukou lā e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake?” | "Are you not my friends here, and through you shall I not get my desire?" |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kekahi manu kiaʻi ona a hiki i o Kahalaomāpuana lā. | Then Mailehaiwale sent one of her guardian birds to Kahalaomapuana; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.2 | He manawa ʻole, hoʻohui aʻela kēia iā lākou a ʻehā ma ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiaʻi, a ma laila i manaʻo ai lākou e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua. | in less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.1 | A mākaukau lākou, kiʻi ʻia akula lākou a hiki maila. | And they were ready and were sent for and came. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike aku ai iā Kahalaomāpuana, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o nā ʻēheu o nā manu me he ʻalihikaua nui lā, a he mea hou loa ia iā ʻAiwohikupua mā. | When Aiwohikupua saw Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.3 | Pane maila ke kiaʻi nui, “E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! Mai lohi, a ʻaʻole hoʻi e kali, no ka mea, ua kapu ke aliʻi! ʻAʻole nō ou kuleana ma kēia wahi, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoe ke manaʻo mai he mau kaikuahine mākou nou; ua hala i ia manawa!” | Said the head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has passed." |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o ʻAiwohikupua a māhuahua. | Then the hot wrath of Aiwohikupua was kindled and his anger grew. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu. | When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign, |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.2 | Ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, ka ʻieʻie a me ka palai, a he mea weliweli loa iā lāua ka nānā ʻana aku. | which was covered with white tapa wound with the ieie vine and the sweet-scented fern, and it was a terrible thing to see. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.3 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i kai o Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻolale aʻela ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua i nā pūʻali koa o ke aliʻi e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, ʻike mua maila nō ʻo Waka i ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo a me kāna mau hana, a no ia mea, hele maila ʻo Waka a hālāwai me Kahalaomāpuana ko ke aliʻi wahine ʻalihikaua, ʻōlelo maila, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ua ʻike wau i ka manaʻo o ko ʻoukou kaikunāne a me kāna mau hana. | That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was.
So Waka went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nei, kauoha akula ʻo ia, “E ko mākou akua, e Kihanuilūlūmoku, nānā ʻia ke kupu, ka ʻeu, ke kalohe o kai. | And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this rogue of the sea; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.4 | E noke ʻoe a holokē i ʻōlohelohe. | keep on until the last one is taken, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.5 | E ao naʻe ʻoe iā Kalāhūmoku i ka ʻīlio nui ikaika a ʻAiwohikupua. | and beware of Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.9 | ʻO ia ka pule kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i ko lākou akua. | This was Kahalaomapuana's charge to their god. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona. | That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei. | Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i liʻuliʻu aku, he ʻike ʻana kā lākou i ka ʻūpoʻi ʻana iho a ke a luna o ua moʻo nei ma luna pono iho o lākou nei; aia naʻe lākou nei | soon they saw the upper jaw of the lizard hanging right over them; they were just between the lizard's jaws; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.1 | ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi. | Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa. | So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.3 | Piʻi hou akula nō lākou a hiki nō i kahi i pau ai kēlā poʻe mua i ka make, pau hou nō i ua moʻo nei, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono. | Again they went up until they came clear to the place where the first band had disappeared; these also disappeared in the lizard; not a messenger was left. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.3 | Pēlā mau aku nō ka make ʻana a hiki i ka ʻewalu kanahā o nā kānaka i pau i ka make. | So it went on until eight times forty warriors had disappeared. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha kēia e hoʻi ʻole mai nei nā kānaka a kāua e hoʻouna aku nei?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "How is it that these warriors who are sent do not return?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula kona kuhina, “Malia paha, ua piʻi nō lākou a hiki i uka, a no ka ʻike i ka maikaʻi o kēlā wahi, noho akula nō. | Said his counsellor, "It may be when they get to the uplands and see the beauty of the place they remain, |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.1 sent.2 | A i ʻole, ua make maila nō i ou mau kaikuahine.” | and if not, they have all been killed by your sisters." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka makemake o ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu e hoʻi ʻole nei o kona mau kānaka, hoʻoholo aʻela lāua me kona kuhina e hoʻouna i mau ʻelele e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia hana a nā kānaka o lāua. | And because of the chief's anxiety to know why his warriors did not come back he agreed with his counsellor to send messengers to see what the men were doing. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, lawe aʻela ke kuhina iā ʻUlili a me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, ko ʻAiwohikupua mau ʻalele māmā, a piʻi akula e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kānaka. | At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about his men. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1 | “Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.” | "They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.2 | A lohe lāua i kēia mea, hoʻomau akula lāua i ka piʻi ʻana. | When they heard this they kept on going up; |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.” | not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2 | I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua. | They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.1 | I kēlā wā, lele kaʻawale loa akula lāua a hala loa i luna lilo. | As they flew far upward and were lost to sight on high, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make. | Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula lāua a ʻōlelo akula iā ʻAiwohikupua i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | and they returned and told Aiwohikupua what they had seen. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kalāhūmoku ka ʻīlio nui ʻai kanaka a ʻAiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moʻo a make, a laila, luku aku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiki ʻana o Kalāhūmoku, ua ʻīlio ʻai kanaka o Tahiti, i mua o kāna moʻopuna (ʻAiwohikupua), “E piʻi ʻoe i kēia lā e luku aku i oʻu mau kaikuahine,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a e lawe pū mai iā Lāʻieikawai.” | When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai." |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko ka ʻīlio piʻi ʻana e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kauoha mua ua ʻīlio nei i ke aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā kānaka a pau, a penei kāna ʻōlelo kauoha, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Before the dog went up to destroy Aiwohikupua's sisters the dog first instructed the chief, and the chiefs under him, and all the men, as follows: "Where are you? |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.3 | Inā e piʻi ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna a kiʻekiʻe loa, inā e hina ka ʻohu ma ka lulu, a laila, ua hālāwai wau me Kihanuilūlūmoku, manaʻo aʻe ʻoukou ua hoʻāikāne māua. | When the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.5 | A laila, ʻo ka pule kā ʻoukou i ke akua iā Lanipipili. | Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.6 | Nānā aʻe ʻoukou i ka ʻohu a hina i kai nei, ua lanakila ka moʻo. | if you see the clouds turn seaward, the lizard is the victor; |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7 | Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia. | but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.8 | No laila, e hoʻomau ʻoukou i ka pule a hoʻi wale mai au.” | Then keep on praying until I return. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻouna pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale i mau ʻelele na lāua e haʻi mai ka hana a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio. | and Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report the deeds of the dog and the lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hanu aʻela ka moʻo ka hoʻokalakupua hoʻi o Paliuli a ʻike akula iā Kalāhūmoku i ke āiwaiwa o Tahiti. | Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku. | then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua lanakila ka moʻo ma luna o Kalāhūmoku a hoʻi akula ka ʻīlio me ke ola māhunehune. | then the lizard was victor over Kalahumoku and the dog just escaped |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.1 | I ka hoʻomaka ʻana naʻe o ko lāua hakakā, hoʻi akula nā ʻelele a haʻi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i kēia kaua weliweli. | At the beginning of the fight the messengers returned to tell Aiwohikupua of this terrible battle. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.2 | A lohe akula lākou iā ʻUlili mā i kēia kaua a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio, a he mea mau naʻe iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka nānā iā uka. | When they heard from Snipe and his companion of this battle between the lizard and the dog, Aiwohikupua looked toward the mountain. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō e nānā ana, piʻi aʻela ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna. | As they looked the clouds rose straight up, |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ke aliʻi i kāna ʻīlio, ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo i ka moʻo, a no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻi, no ka mea, ua pio lākou. | when the chief looked him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula lākou a hiki i Kauaʻi, a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana a me ka lanakila o ka moʻo ma luna o lākou. | They departed and came to Kauai and told the story of the journey and of the victory of the lizard over them. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻokō ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Poliʻahu. | and resolved to carry out the commands of Poliahu. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike | And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua lele koke lāua a hiki iā Hinaikamalama lā ma Hāna. | In their bird bodies they flew swiftly to Hinaikamalama's home at Hana |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.2 sent.2 | A hiki lāua, nīnau aku i nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAuhea lā ka wahine hoʻopalau a ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi?” | and came and asked the people of the place, "Where is the woman who is betrothed to the chief of Kauai?" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.3 sent.1 | “Eia aʻe nō,” wahi a nā kamaʻāina. | "She is here," answered the natives of the place. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.1 | Hele akula lāua a hālāwai me ke aliʻi wahine o Hāna. | They went to meet the princess of Hana. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.” | The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.3 | A lohe ke aliʻi wahine i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula nā ʻelele a hiki i o ʻAiwohikupua. | When the princess had heard these words the messengers returned and came to Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a nā ʻelele, “haʻi aku nei māua e like me ke kauoha; ke hoʻomākaukau lā paha kēlā. | "Yes," said the messengers, "we told her, as you commanded, to prepare herself; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'” | Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.7 sent.1 | “ʻAe paha,” wahi a nā ʻelele. | "Perhaps so," answered the messengers. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo hope a nā ʻelele, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole ia i hiki i o Poliʻahu lā. | When Aiwohikupua heard the messengers' words he suspected that they had not gone to Poliahu: |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pehea kā ʻolua lele ʻana aku nei?” | then Aiwohikupua asked to make sure, "How did you two fly?" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.1 | Haʻi aku lāua, “Lele aku nei māua a loaʻa he mokuʻāina. | Said they, "We flew past an island, |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.2 | Lele hou aku nō a he wahi mokuʻāina lōʻihi, ma laila aku māua, a he mokuʻāina nui e like ka moku i loaʻa mua iā māua. | flew on to some long islands — a large island like the one we first passed, |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.3 | ʻElua naʻe mau moku liʻiliʻi iho e like me kahi moku lōʻihi, a he wahi mokuʻāina ʻuʻuku loa iho. | two little islands like one long island, and a very little island; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5 | A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua. | and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.1 | Akā, ma kēia hana a nā ʻelele lalau, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina o ke aliʻi no kāna mau ʻelele, no laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko lāua punahele. | Now for this mistake of the messengers the rage of Aiwohikupua was stirred against his messengers, and they ceased to be among his favorites. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Koaʻe i o Poliʻahu la, hālāwai akula lāua, haʻi akula ʻo Koaʻe i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi e like me ka mea i haʻi ʻia ma na paukū hope o ka mokuna ʻumikumamahiku o kēia kaʻao. | Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met. Frigate-bird gave the chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this story. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.3 | A pau na ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi i ka haʻi ʻia, hoʻi akula ko ke aliʻi ʻelele a haʻi akula ma ka pololei, a laila, he mea maikaʻi ia i kona haku. | Having given his message, the messenger returned and reported aright; then his lord was pleased. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1 | Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi. | Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki ka ʻelele i mua o ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kiʻi ʻana ia Poliʻahu, a haʻi maila i kana ʻōlelo maiā Poliʻahu mai, “Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine. | When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: "Your wife commands that |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3 | Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou. | When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.1 | Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi. | Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa o ke aliʻi i kau ai a holo aku, ua kūkulu ʻia ma luna o nā pola o nā waʻa he ʻanuʻu, he wahi e noho ai ke aliʻi. | On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.2 | Ua haku ʻia ka ʻanuʻu o ke aliʻi i nā ʻahuʻula, a ma luna pono o ka ʻanuʻu, he mau pūloʻuloʻu kapu aliʻi, a ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu, noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | was set up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke. | Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai. | On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki lākou i Waiʻulaʻula, ua paʻuhia lākou e ke anu, a no laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻelele e haʻi aku iā Poliʻahu, “ʻAʻole e hiki aku lākou no ke anu.” | When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for the cold." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, lālau like aʻela ka poʻe noho mauna i ko lākou kapa lā, hoʻi akula ka hau a kona wahi mau. | Then Poliahu laid off her mantle of snow and the mountain dwellers put on their sun mantles, and the snow retreated to its usual place. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻāo aʻela nā aliʻi, a lilo aʻela lāua i hoʻokahi ʻiʻo. | Then the chiefs were united and became one flesh, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻi aʻela lākou a noho ma Kauaʻi i uka o Honopūwai. | and they returned and lived in Kauai, in the uplands of Honopuwai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO nā ʻelele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, na lāua i hele aku e haʻi iā Hinaikamalama i ka hoʻāo ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu. | Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i kēia mau ʻōlelo no ka hoʻāo o ʻAiwohikupua mā, i ia manawa, noi akula ʻo ia i kona mau mākua e holo e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kauaʻi, a ua pono kāna noi i mua o kona mau mākua. | When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻolale aʻela kona mau mākua i nā kānaka e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauaʻi, a wae aʻela i mau hoa hele kūpono no ke aliʻi e like me ke ʻano mua o ka huakaʻi aliʻi. | The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi mau pono no ka hele ʻana, kau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama ma nā waʻa a holo akula a hiki i Kauaʻi. | When all was ready Hinaikamalama went on board the double canoe and sailed and came to Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, he pō leʻaleʻa ia no nā aliʻi, he kilu a he kāʻeke nā leʻaleʻa i ia pō. | That night was a festival night, the game of kilu and the dance kaeke being the sports of the night. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e leʻaleʻa ana i ia manawa ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hiki akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a noho i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, a he mea malihini naʻe i ka ʻaha kēia kaikamahine malihini. | During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this strange girl. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa a ia nei i komo aku ai i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike maopopo mai i ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula kāʻeke. | When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his attention was taken by the dance. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke. | Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.4 | Aia a kilu, a laila, kiʻi aku ʻoe a ʻume mai i ka wahine malihini, ʻo koʻu pili ia o kēia pō.” | when the game begins, then you go up and draw the stranger for my partner to-night." |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.5 | Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka pō leʻaleʻa e kilu, ua hoʻopau ʻia ke kāʻeke. | At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was ended. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e kilu ana me Poliʻahu, a i ka ʻumi o nā hāuna kilu a lāua, i ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a kaʻapuni aʻela a puni ka ʻaha. | Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the circuit of the assembly, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila a kau akula i ka maile iā Hauaʻiliki me ke oli ʻana a kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | returned and touched Hauailiki with his maile wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile a kau akula ma luna o Hinaikamalama a kū maila. | Then the master of ceremonies took the wand back and touched Hinaikamalama's head and she arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Hinaikamalama i kū mai ai, nonoi akula ʻo ia i ka mea ʻume e ʻōlelo aʻe a kūnou maila ka mea ʻume. | As she stood there she requested the master of the sports to let her speak, and he nodded. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole. | And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.2 | Alia naʻe wau e hoʻokō i ka ʻume a ka mea nāna i ʻume iā kāua e like me kona makemake, akā, e hoʻākāka aʻe wau i koʻu kuleana i hiki mai ai iā Kauaʻi nei mai kahi lōʻihi mai. | now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.7 | Kau hou ka papa kōnane a paʻa, nīnau aku wau i kona kumu pili. | We set up the board again; I asked what he would bet; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.11 | Ma kāna mau hana a pau e ʻōlelo ai iaʻu, ma laila wau, ma nā mea kūpono naʻe, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau inā e make kēlā iaʻu. | and do everything that he told me to do, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.12 | A laila, e like me kāna hana iaʻu, pēlā no kaʻu iā ia, a holo like iā māua kēia ʻōlelo paʻa. | and the same if he lost to me, then he was to do for me as I to him; and we made this bargain. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.13 | I ke kōnane ʻana naʻe, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, paʻa mua iaʻu ma luna o ka papa kōnane a māua, ʻo ko ia ala make ihola nō ia. | And in the game in a little while my piece blocked the game, and he was beaten. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.16 | ʻĪ mai kēlā, 'Alia wau e hoʻokō i kāu kumu pili a hoʻi mai wau mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni mai, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili āu, e ke Aliʻi wahine.' | Said that fellow, 'I will wait to carry out the bet until I return from a touring trip. Then I will fulfill the bet, O princess.' |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.17 | A no kēia ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ia nei, ua holo like ia iā māua, a no kēia mea, noho puʻupaʻa wau me ka maluhia a hiki mai i kēia manawa. | And because of his fine speeches we agreed upon this, and for this reason, I have lived apart under a taboo until now. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.18 | A no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei he wahine kā ia ala, ʻo ia koʻu hiki mai nei iā Kauaʻi nei a komo maila i ko ʻaha leʻaleʻa, e ke Aliʻi. | And When I heard that he had a wife, 1 came to Kauai and entered the festal gathering. O chief, |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, nēnē akula ka ʻaha kanaka a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu me ka hoʻohewa loa iā ʻAiwohikupua. | Then the men at the gathering all around the kilu shelter were roused and blamed Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a Hinaikamalama a haʻiʻōlelo lā, a laila, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ʻo Poliʻahu i ka huhū wela, ʻo kona hoʻi nō ia i Mauna Kea a hiki i kēia lā. | Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there to this day. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1 | Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa. | Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kū hou maila ka mea ʻume a hoʻoili hou i ka maile ma luna o Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama, a kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki, a kū maila nō hoʻi ʻo Hinaikamalama. | Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki
and Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.5 | Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ke oli ʻana o Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | When Hinaikamalama ceased chanting, she said to Aiwohikupua, "Where are you?" |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.2 | E apo mai ʻoe iaʻu a paʻa i mehana iho wau. | Embrace me close to make me warm: |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.3 | Hele mai nei kuʻu anu a anu, ʻaʻohe wahi anu ʻole.” | I am cold all over; no warmth at all." |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.4 | A laila, hoʻokō maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kā ka wahine ʻōlelo, a laila, loaʻa maila ka mahana e like me ma mua. | Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1 | A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu. | As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.1 | Pane akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “Ua pau kāua, no ka mea, ua pili aʻela nō nā kino o kāua, a ua kō aʻela nō ka hoʻohiki a kāua no ka hoʻopalau ʻana.” | Hinaikamalama answered, "We must part, for we have met and our vow is fulfilled." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.4 | ʻApōpō, ma ke awakea, a laila, ʻo ia ka hoʻokō ʻana o ka hoʻohiki a kāua.” | to-morrow at noon, then we will carry out the vow." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a Hinaikamalama. | "Yes," said Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.3 sent.2 | A kaʻawale akula lāua, a laila, loaʻa ihola iā Hinaikamalama ka moe ʻoluʻolu ʻana i ia koena pō a hiki i ke ao ʻana. | After they had parted then Hinaikamalama slept pleasantly the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa lā, a ʻaʻahu ihola. | Then Poliahu took her sun mantle and covered herself; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.6 sent.2 | Ke poʻi mai nei ka wela a kuʻu ipo iaʻu, | The heat of my love stifles me, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “E hoʻomanawanui hou kāua, a inā i hiki hou mai ka wela ma luna o kāua, a laila, haʻalele mai ʻoe iaʻu.” | Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes over us again, then leave me." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.2 | Ke ʻapo mai nei ka wela a ka pō iaʻu, | The heat of my love stifles me. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.3 | Ma hope iho o kona hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua, hele aku ʻo ia a noho ma ka hale kamaʻāina. | After leaving Aiwohikupua, she came and stayed at the house of a native of the place. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.5 | I ia pō, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama no kāna kauoha iā Hauaʻiliki ma hope iho o ko lāua ʻume ʻia ʻana, a ma mua hoʻi o kona hoʻohui ʻana me ʻAiwohikupua. | This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā pō, ʻo ia ka lua o ka pō leʻaleʻa, a laila, hele akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, a noho pū akula ma waho o ka ʻaha. | This was the second night of the festival; then Hinaikamalama went and sat outside the group. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike ʻole o ka mea ʻume iā Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō, no laila, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka mea ʻume ke hoʻomaka i kāna hana, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia i ka pō mua, no Hauaʻiliki a me Hinaikamalama ka leʻaleʻa mua o ia pō, a no ka loaʻa ʻole i ka maka o ka mea ʻume, ua lilo ka leʻaleʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not seeing her he gave the first game to others. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kokoke ʻana e ao ua pō nei, huli aʻela ka mea ʻume i loko o ka ʻaha iā Hinaikamalama, a loaʻa ihola. | Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for Hinaikamalama and found her. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.2 | Hele akula ua mea ʻume nei a loaʻa ʻo Hinaikamalama, kau akula i ka maile, a kāʻili maila. | The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with the wand and withdrew it. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.8 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai. | When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ka wahine, haʻi aku ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona manaʻo, “Ua pono kou manaʻo. | To the woman's words Hauailiki answered, "Your idea is a good one; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.1 sent.2 | Ua like nō kou manaʻo me koʻu, akā, e hoʻohui mua kāua iā kāua iho e like me ka makemake o ka mea ʻume, a ma hope loa aku, a laila, hoʻāo loa kāua.” | you think as I do; hut let us first meet according to the choice of the sport master, then afterwards we will marry." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole pēlā,” wahi a Hinaikamalama, “E waiho puʻupaʻa iaʻu pēlā a hiki i kou manawa e kiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu, a loaʻa wau i Hāna.” | "Not so," said Hinaikamalama,"let me be virgin until you are ready to come and get me at Hana." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.2 | I ia pō, iā ʻAiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko lāua manawa leʻaleʻa, komo ana nā wāhine noho mauna i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place of assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, popoʻi maila ke anu i ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu, a kau maila ma luna o ka ʻaha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaʻao, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu mā iā Kauaʻi. | at the same time cold penetrated the whole kilu shelter and lasted until morning, when Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.1 | (Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai i Kauaʻi, ma hope iho o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻāo ʻana aku me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, e hoʻomaka hou ke kamaʻilio no Hinaikamalama. | (When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of Hinaikamalama; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.2 | Ma kēia wahi e kamaʻilio no ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, pēlā aku a hiki i ka hui ʻana me Lāʻieikawai.) | at this place let us tell of Kauakahialii's command to his friend, and so on until he meets Laieikawai.) |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua. | After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.1 | “Hoʻokahi nō āu mea mālama, ʻo ka wahine a kāua. | "Only one thing for you to guard, our wife. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.2 | Aia a hāʻule aku wau i kahi hiki ʻole iaʻu ke ʻike mai iā ʻolua me ka wahine a kāua, a laila, kū ʻoe i ka moku. | When I fall dead, there where sight of you and our wife comes not back, then do you
rule over the island, |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.3 | ʻO ʻoe nō ma luna, ʻo ka wahine a kāua ma lalo, e like nō me kā kāua naʻi ʻana i ka moku i puni ai, pēlā nō ʻoe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a kāua. | you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the island, so will you and our wife do. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.1 sent.1 | “A make wau, a manaʻo aʻe paha ʻoe i wahine nāu, mai lawe ʻoe i kā kāua wahine. | "It may be when I am dead you will think of taking a wife; do not take our wife; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kāu wahine ia, ola ke kino, a kaulana nō hoʻi. | If you take her for your wife it will be well with you, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.3 | A manaʻo ʻoe e kiʻi, hoʻokahi āu mea mālama, ʻo ka ʻohe a kāua. | you will be renowned. Would you get her, guard one thing, our flute, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.4 | Aia a mālama pono ʻoe i ka ʻohe, a laila, wahine ʻoe, ʻo ia ke kauoha iā ʻoe.” | guard well the flute, then the woman is yours, this is my charge to you." |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.5 | Ma kēia kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, ua pono ia i ko ke aikāne manaʻo. | Kauakahialii's charge pleased his friend. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.6 | Ma ia hope mai, make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, lilo ka noho aliʻi i kāna aikāne, a ʻo kā lāua wahine nō ke kuhina. | In the end Kauakahialii died; the chief, his friend, took the rule, and their wife was the counsellor. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.1 | A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe. | Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO nā mea a pau āu e makemake ai, inā e kiʻi ʻoe i ka wahine a ko aikāne i kauoha ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea nō kēia nāna e hoʻohui iā ʻolua. | whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your
friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.5 | Ma kāu wahi e hele ai, a e noho ai, mai haʻalele iki i ka ʻohe, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe i ka hana a kāu aikāne i ko ʻolua manawa i hiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu i kuʻu wā e ʻaneʻane aku ana i ka make ma muli o kuʻu aloha i ko aikāne. | wherever you go to dwell, never leave the flute at all, for you well know what your friend did when you two came to get me when I was almost dead for love of your friend. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1 | A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi. | After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.2 | Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai. | After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi. | Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.2 | A mākaukau kā ke aliʻi kauoha, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi ʻelua mau punahele, a lawe aʻela i nā kaukaualiʻi, ka poʻe kūpono ke hele pū me ke aliʻi, a lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau iʻaloa a pau. | When the chief's command was carried out, the chief took two favorites, a suitable retinue of chiefs, and all the embalmed bodies of his ancestors. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.1 | I ka malama i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo ka Māhoe Mua, i nā malama maikaʻi o ka moana, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, a holo aku i Hawaiʻi. | In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left Kauai and came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana a lākou, hiki akula ma Makahanaloa i Hilo ma ke kakahiaka nui. | As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in Hilo. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.4 | E neʻe ana naʻe ka ua o Hilo i ia mau lā a lākou i hiki aku ai ma Makahanaloa. | Now the rain was sweeping Hilo at the time when they came to Makahanaloa. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kahi kanaka, ʻī aku ke aliʻi, “Alia wau e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāu no Lāʻieikawai kēlā hōʻailona, no ka mea, he mea mau i loko o ka wā ua ka piʻo o ke ānuenue. | At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, i kuʻu manaʻo, e hekau nā waʻa, a e kali kākou a mālie ka ua, a laila, i piʻo mai ke ānuenue i loko o ka wā ua ʻole, a laila, maopopo no Lāʻieikawai ka hōʻailona.” | so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a sign for Laieikawai.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.3 | Ua like ko ke aliʻi manaʻo ʻana ma kēia mea me ko ʻAiwohikupua, a no kēia mea, noho ihola lākou ma laila e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chief's proposal was the same as Aiwohikupua's. So they remained there as the chief desired. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kēlā lā, pau ko ke aliʻi kānalua ʻana nō kēlā hōʻailona, a holo akula a hiki i Keaʻau. | That day there was no longer any doubt of the sign, and they sailed and came to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Kekalukaluokēwā mā i holo aku ai a hiki i Keaʻau, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Waka, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia. | On the day when Kekalukaluokewa sailed and came to Kauai, Waka foresaw this Kekalukahiokewa. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻae ʻoe ʻo kāu kāne ia, kū ʻoe i ka moku, ola nō hoʻi nā iwi. | If you accept this man you will rule the island, surely preserve (our) bones. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoe i uka nei a hala nā lā ʻehā, a laila, iho aku ʻoe, a inā ua makemake ʻoe, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai i kou makemake iaʻu.” | Therefore wait up here four days, then go down, and if you like him, then return and tell me your pleasure.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.6 | Noho ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hala nā lā ʻehā e like me ke kauoha a kona kupuna wahine. | Laieikawai waited four days as her grandmother commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.7 | Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka hā o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā hoʻomalu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a me kona kahu kuapuʻu, a iho akula i Keaʻau. | In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kahi a lāua e hoʻohālua ana no Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ke kāne a ke kupuna wahine i makemake ai. | As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukahiokewa, they did not know which man the grandmother wanted. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona wahi kahu, “Pehea lā kāua e ʻike ai i ke kāne aʻu a kuʻu kupuna wahine i ʻōlelo mai nei?” | Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my grandmother said was here?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kona kahu, “Pono kāua ke kali a pau kā lākou heʻe nalu ʻana, a ʻo ka mea e hele wale mai ana, ʻaʻole he paʻa i ka papa heʻe nalu, a laila, ʻo ke aliʻi nō ia. | Her nurse said. "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one who comes back without a board, he is the chief." |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.3 | Ma ka ʻōlelo a ko Lāʻieikawai kahu, noho ihola lāua ma laila e kali ana. | [At the words of Laieikawai's attendant,] So they sat and waited. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻopau aʻela nā heʻe nalu i ko lākou manawa heʻe nalu, a hoʻi maila a pae i uka. | Then, the surf riding ended and the surfers came back to shore. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.2 | I ia wā, ʻike akula lāua i ke kiʻi ʻia ʻana mai o nā papa o nā punahele e nā kānaka, a lawe ʻia akula. | Then they saw some men carrying the boards of the favorites, |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka papa heʻe nalu hoʻi o ke aliʻi, na nā punahele i ʻauamo aku, a hele wale maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā. | but the chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa came without anything. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.3 sent.1 | A maopopo ihola iā lāua kā lāua mea i iho mai ai, a laila, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Paliuli, a haʻi akula i ke kupuna wahine i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | When they had seen what they had come for, they returned to
Paliuli and told their grandmother what they had seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | "Yes," answered Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia. | at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.5 | Aia a laʻa ko ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻo ia kou manawa e kamaʻilio ai me nā mea ʻē aʻe. | until you have given a kiss to Kekalukaluokewa, then you may speak to the others. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.6 | Aia a pau kā ʻolua heʻe nalu ʻana, a laila, e hoʻouna aku wau i nā manu a me ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, ʻo kou manawa ia e hoʻi mai ai me ko kāne a loko o ko ʻolua hale, a laila, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia ko kino e like me koʻu makemake. | After the surf riding, then I will send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to jour wish.'' |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.7 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka haʻi ʻia iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi akula ʻo ia ma kona hale aliʻi, ʻo ia a me kona kahu. | When all this had been told Laieikawai, she returned to the chief-house with her nurse. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale ma hope iho o ke kauoha ʻana a kona kupuna wahine, hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia i kona kahu e kiʻi aku iā Mailehaʻiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelauliʻi, Mailepākaha a me Kahalaomāpuana, kona mau hoa kūkā e like me kā lākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki maila kona mau hoa kūkā, kona mau kiaʻi kino hoʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e oʻu mau hoa. | When the counsellors came, her body guard, Laieikawai said, "Where are you, my comrades? |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.5 | A pehea? Aia i kā kākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | What do you say? What you all agree, will do. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻomoe aʻela nō ko kākou kupuna wahine e like me kona makemake, ʻaʻohe a mākou ʻōlelo. | marry him as your grandmother wishes; not a word from us. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, a i hoʻāo ʻoe i ke kāne, mai haʻalele ʻoe iā mākou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Only when you marry a husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole wau e haʻalele iā ʻoukou,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | ["I won't leave you," said Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.2 | Eia hoʻi, ua ʻike mua aʻe nei kākou ma nā mokuna mua, he mea mau nō iā Lāʻieikawai ka iho i kai o Keaʻau ma ka moʻolelo o Hauaʻiliki a me ka moʻolelo o ka hele ʻalua ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Hawaiʻi, a ʻo ia mau nō a hiki i ko Kekalukaluokēwā hiki ʻana i Hawaiʻi. | Now we have seen in former chapters, in the story of Hauailiki and the story of Aiwohikupua's second trip to Hawaii, that it was customary for Laieikawai to go down to Keaau, and it was the same when Kekalukaluokewa came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki, no ka mea, ua ālai ʻia mai e ka hilahila, a hiki ʻole ke pane aku. | but he was ashamed to approach her and never spoke to her. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.4 | A, ʻo ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna no ke kanaka uʻi; he keiki koaka naʻe. | As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.4 | A ma kēia lā, ua lohe aku nei wau e lilo ana i ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi i ka lā ʻapōpō. | To-day I heard that to-morrow she is to be the chief of Kauai; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila kona kaikuahine, “ʻAʻole nā he wahine ʻē, ʻo ka moʻopuna nā a Waka, ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said his sister, "She is no other than Waka's grandchild, Laieikawai, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, a e like me kou makemake, e hoʻi naʻe ʻoe a kou wahi, a ma ke ahiahi pōʻeleʻele, piʻi hou mai, a ma uka nei kāua e moe ai. | Therefore, as you desire, go home, and in the dark of evening return, and we will sleep here on the mountain; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.7 sent.1 | Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. | According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lāua manawa hiamoe, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “Inā e moe kāua i kēia pō, a i loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moeʻuhane, a laila, haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau.” | Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lāua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala aʻela ʻo Halaaniani. | They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i loaʻa he moe iā ia, a ala maila nō hoʻi ʻo Maliʻo i ia manawa nō. | he could not sleep, and Malio awoke at the same time. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiamoe ʻana nō, ʻo ke oki nō ia, ʻaʻole wau i loaʻa wahi moe iki, a puoho wale aʻela.” | as I slept I knew nothing, had not the least dream until I awoke just now." |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.2 | Ia kaua nō i moe iho nei, hele aku nei nō kaua a ma nahelehele, moe ʻoe i kou pūha lāʻau, a ʻo wau nō hoʻi ma koʻu pūha lāʻau. | as we slept we went into the thicket: you slept in your hollow tree and I in mine: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.4 | A pau, lele aku nei nō ua manu nei nana ka pūnana a nalowale. | when it was completed the bird whose the nest was flew away out of sight. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.5 | A ma hope, he manu ʻokoʻa ka manu nana i lele mai a hoʻomoe i ua pūnana nei. | And by-and-by another bird flew hither and sat upon the nest, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.6 | ʻAʻole naʻe wau i ʻike i ka lele ʻana aku ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ua pūnana nei, a puoho wale aʻela wau. | [However I didn't see the last bird fly away who sat on the nest, and then I awoke.] |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia moe, nīnau akula ʻo Halaaniani, “A he aha ihola ke ʻano o ia moe?” | Asked Halaaniani of the dream. "'What is the meaning of this dream?" |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kona kaikuahine i ke ʻano ʻoiaʻiʻo o ua moe la, “E pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ana nō ʻoe, no ka mea, ʻo ka manu mua nona ka pūnana, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ia, a ʻo ka pūnana, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ia. | His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa. and the nest, that is Laieikawai, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ka pūnana, ʻo ʻoe nō ia. | and the last bird who sat in the nest, that is you. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.3 | No laila, ma kēia kakahiaka, e lilo ana ka wahine a ʻolua ia ʻoe. | Therefore this very morning the woman shall be yours. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.5 | A mao aʻe, a laila, ʻike ʻia aku ʻekolu ʻoukou e kū mai ana ma kua nalu, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe he mana koʻu e uhi aku ma luna o Waka, a ʻike ʻole ʻo ia i kaʻu mea e hana aku ai nou. | when it clears, then you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing for you: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.6 | No laila, e kū kāua a hele aku ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i kahi e hoʻāo ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai.” | so let us arise and get near to the place where Laieikawai weds." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ka hōʻike ʻana a Maliʻo i ke ʻano o kēia mau mea, iho akula lāua a ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e noho ai. | After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the place where the others were. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Maliʻo naʻe, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana; a ʻo ia wale nō kona kumu i hoʻāno ai. | Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds: it was to secure this power that she lived apart. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.3 | Inā i hiki ʻoukou ma kūlana heʻe nalu, a heʻe ʻoukou i ka nalu, mai hoʻopae ʻoe. | When you get on the back of the wave and glide along with the breaker, do not ride — |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.6 | A i ka lima o ka nalu, ʻo ia ko lāua nalu pau. | and the fifth wave, this is their last. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.8 | A i nīnau mai i kāu nalu lōʻihi e heʻe ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo Huia. | and when they ask you what long waves you surf on say on the Huia." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.9 | Inā i maliu ʻole mai kēlā i kāu ʻōlelo, a hoʻomākaukau lāua e heʻe i ko lāua nalu pau, iā lāua e heʻe ai, a laila, hopu aku ʻoe i nā wāwae o Lāʻieikawai i heʻe aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ʻo ia wale. | "If they pay no attention to yon, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa rides in alone. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.10 | A lilo iā ʻoe kēlā wahine, a laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻoe i ka moana loa. | When you have the woman, carry her far out to sea; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.12 | A laila, pule aeae ma kuʻu inoa, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna aku i nalu ma luna o ʻolua. | then pray in my name and I will send a wave over you; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana i kēia mau mea, uhi ana ka noe a Waka ma luna o ka ʻāina. | While they were talking Waka covered the land with a mist. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.4 | I ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia ʻekolu poʻe e lana ana ma kūlana nalu e kū ana, a he mea haʻohaʻo ia iā uka i ka nānā aku. | When the mist cleared three persons floated on the crest of the wave, and this was a surprise to the onlookers. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.1 | E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “ʻAʻole e ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe a laʻa ka ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a laila, ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe.” | As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.2 | Ua hoʻolohe nō kāna moʻopuna i ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | the grandchild obeyed her command. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.3 | A iā lākou ʻekolu ma kūlana heʻe nalu, ʻaʻole kekahi leo i lohe ʻia i waena o lākou. | While they rode the surf not one word was heard between them. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka manawa i laʻa ai ka ihu o Lāʻieikawai iā Kekalukaluokēwā e like me ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa kissed as the grandmother had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.4 | ʻEkolu nalu o ka heʻe ʻana o lākou, a ʻekolu nō hoʻi ka pae ʻana o Lāʻieikawai mā, a ʻekolu nō hoʻi ka make ʻana o Halaaniani. | Three waves they rode, three times they went ashore, and three times Halaaniani dropped back. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.1 sent.1 | I ka hā o ko lāua nalu pae, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa ka nīnau a Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, me ka ʻī aku, “He aha kou mea e pae ʻole nei? | At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: "Why do you not ride? |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.1 | “No ka maʻa ʻole i ka nalu pokopoko,” wahi a Halaaniani, “no ka mea, he nalu loloa koʻu e heʻe ai.” | "Because I am not used to the short waves," said Halaaniani, "the long wave is mine." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kēia e like me ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine. | He spoke as his sister had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo. | As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻoe nō kā, pae ʻole ana wau, a lilo akula koʻu papa.” | my board is gone." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e ʻōlelo ana no kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia maila ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kahi o lāua e kū ana. | While they were speaking; Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they were. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.1 | A no ka nīnau a ke aliʻi wahine, ʻau akula lāua. | At this question of the princess they swam, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa a lāua e ʻau ana, haʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “Ma kēia ʻau ʻana a kāua, mai ʻalawa ʻoe i hope, i mua nō nā maka. | and while they swam Halaaniani bade the princess, ''As we swim do not look back, face
ahead; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.1 | ʻAu akula lāua a liʻuliʻu loa, komo maila i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka haʻohaʻo. | They swam, and after a long time Laieikawai began to wonder: |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.9 sent.3 | Hoʻolohe akula nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma nā ʻōlelo a kona hoa heʻe nalu. | Laieikawai listened for the word of her surfing comrade. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.10 sent.1 | I ia ʻau ʻana a lāua a hiki i kahi a Halaaniani e manaʻo ai ʻo kūlana nalu ia, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Halaaniani i kona hoa heʻe nalu, “Nānā ʻia ʻo uka.” | They swam until Halaaniani thought they could get the crest, then Halaaniani said to his surfing comrade, "Look toward the coast." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.11 sent.1 | Pane aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua nalo ka ʻāina, ua hele mai nei ʻo Kumukahi a ʻoniʻoni i ka ʻale.” | Laieikawai replied, "The land has vanished, Kumukahi comes bobbing on the wave." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu. | "This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.2 | A i ka lua o ka nalu, ʻaʻole nō e pae. | or the second; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.3 | A i ke kolu o ka nalu, ʻo ka nalu ia o kāua e pae ai. | the third wave is ours. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.4 | I haki ka nalu, a i kākala, a i ʻō ʻia ʻoe, mai haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa; ʻo ka mea nō ia nāna e hoʻolana. | When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which keeps you floating; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau ʻōlelo, pule akula ʻo Halaaniani i ko lāua akua ma ka inoa o kona kaikuahine e like me kā Maliʻo kauoha mua. | At the close of this speech Halaaniani prayed to their god in the name of his sister, as Malio had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.2 | Pule akula ʻo Halaaniani a hiki i ka hapalua o ka manawa, kū ana ua nalu. | Halaaniani was half through his prayer; a crest arose; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule a hiki i ka ʻāmama ʻana, kū hou ana ua nalu, ʻo ka lua ia. | he finished the prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, the second this; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, aia nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka halehale poʻipū o ka nalu, a i ka haki maikaʻi ʻana o ka nalu, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani me ia. | Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with her. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui. | Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani e heʻe nalu ana mai ka moana mai, ua uhi ʻia ko Waka mana e ka mana nui o Maliʻo. | While Laieikawai was surfing ashore with Halaaniani, Waka's supernatural gift was overshadowed by Malio's superior skill, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.2 | A no laila, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Waka i nā mea a pau e hana ʻia ana o kāna moʻopuna. | and she did not see what was being done to her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, i ke kokoke ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai mā e pae i ka honua, ʻo ia ka manawa a Waka i hoʻouna mai ai i nā manu ma loko o ka noe. | Just as Laieikawai came to land, Waka sent the birds in the mist, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.2 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻo nā papa heʻe nalu wale nō ke waiho ana; aia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani i uka o Paliuli ma ko Lāʻieikawai hale. | and when the mist passed off only the surf boards remained; Laieikawai was with Halaaniani in her house up at Paliuli. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.1 | I ia lā a pō, mai ka pō a ao, a awakea, he mea haʻohaʻo loa iā Waka no kāna moʻopuna, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mua aku ʻo ia i kāna moʻopuna ma mua o kona hoʻouna ʻana aku e launa me Kekalukaluokēwā. | The night passed, day came, and it was midday; Waka thought this strange, for before sending her grandchild to meet Kekalukaluokewa she had said to her: |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.2 | Eia ke kauoha, “Iho ʻoe i kēia lā a hui ʻoe me Kekalukaluokēwā, hoʻi mai ʻolua a uka nei a laʻa ko kino, a laila, kiʻi aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, naʻu nō e mālama i kou pāʻū no ka hoʻohaumia ʻana iā ʻoe.” | "Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take care of you until the pollution is past." |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia haʻohaʻo a Waka, ma ke awakea o ka lua o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai lā hui me Halaaniani, hele akula ke kupuna wahine e ʻike i ka pono o kāna moʻopuna. | Because Waka was surprised, at midday of the second day after Laieikawai joined Halaaniani. the grandmother went to look after her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, i loko o ka wā hiamoe o Lāʻieikawai, i nānā iho ka hana o ke kupuna wahine, he kāne ʻē kēia a ka moʻopuna e moe pū ana; ka mea a ke kupuna wahine i ʻae ʻole ai. | As Laieikawai lay asleep, her grandmother looked and saw that the man sleeping with her grandchild was not the one she had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.3 | A no kēia mea, hoʻāla aʻela ʻo Waka i ka moʻopuna. | Then Waka wakened the grandchild, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.4 | A ala aʻela, nīnau ihola ke kupuna wahine, “ʻO wai kēia?” | and when she awoke the grandmother asked, "Who is this?'' |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu manaʻo paʻa iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole wau e ʻike hou i kou maka, e kuʻu moʻopuna, ma kēia hope aku a hiki i kuʻu lā make, no ka mea, ua pale ʻoe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo. | Therefore, I give you my oath never to see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you have disobeyed me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.3 sent.2 | A ma ka mana o Waka, ua hikiwawe, ua paʻa ka hale. | And by Waka's art the house was speedily completed. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi. | When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.4 | I ʻike mai nei ka hana i kaʻu moʻopuna, e moe mai ana me Halaaniani, ka mea a koʻu naʻau i makemake ʻole ai. | I saw her sleeping with Halaaniani, not the man I had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i waʻa noʻu a me nā kānaka pū mai, e kiʻi wau i ka hānai a Kapūkaʻihaoa, iā Lāʻielohelohe. | Therefore, I come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.6 | Ua like nō a like lāua me Lāʻieikawai, no ka mea, ua hānau māhoe ʻia lāua.” | who is like Laieikawai, for they are twins." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.7 | A no kēia mea, hāʻawi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻokahi kaulua, me nā kānaka pū nō a me nā lako a pau. | [And for this thing, Kekalukaluokewa gave her a double canoe, with men and all the supplies.] |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.2 | E nānā naʻe ʻoe a i kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, a laila, manaʻo aʻe ʻoe ua hoʻi mai wau me ko wahine. | Keep watch, and if the mist rises on the ocean, then you will know that I am returning with your wife, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.3 | A laila, hoʻomalu ʻoe iā ʻoe a hiki i ko ʻolua lā e hoʻāo ai.” | then purify yourself for two days before the marriage." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.1 | Ma ka manaʻo paʻa o Waka, ua holo maila ʻo ia a hiki i Oʻahu nei, ma Honouliuli, kau nā waʻa. | According to her determination, Waka sailed to Oahu, where the canoes landed at Honouliuli |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.3 | Lālau ihola ʻo ia he wahi puaʻa i mea ʻālana aku i mua o Kapūkaʻihaoa, ke kahuna nāna i mālama iā Lāʻielohelohe, a piʻi akula. | She took a little pig to sacrifice before Kapukaihaoa, the priest who took care of Laielohelohe, and went up thither. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana. | Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻĀmama aʻela, kuʻu akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna. | and came to the amen, then she let the pig go. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.3 | Nīnau maila ke kahuna, “He aha ka hana a ka puaʻa i mua oʻu? | The priest asked, "Why do you bring me the pig? |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.4 | A he aha kaʻu e hana aku ai iā ʻoe?” | What can I do for you?" |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, i kiʻi mai nei wau i kāu hānai i wahine na Kekalukaluokēwā, ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi, i kū kāua i ka moku, ola nā iwi o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hiki i ka make. | therefore, I come to take your foster child to be the wife of Kekalukaluokewa, the chief of Kauai. We two shall be provided for, he will preserve our bones in the days of our old age until we die, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.4 | A loaʻa iā kāua kēlā aliʻi, a laila, kū ka mākaia o kaʻu hānai, i ʻike ai ia, ua hewa kāna hana ʻana.” | and when that chief is ours my foster child will be supplanted, and she will realize how she has sinned." |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.6 | A loaʻa iā ʻoe ka pōmaikaʻi, a kuʻi mai i oʻu nei ka lono ua waiwai ʻoe, a laila, ʻimi aku wau.” | and if you succeed well, and I hear of your prosperity, then I will come to seek you." |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻonoho ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, a komo akula ke kahuna ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai. | Waka waited and the priest went still farther into the place |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.3 | A lawe ʻia maila a mua o Waka, i ia manawa, kūlou akula ʻo Waka i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula. | and brought her to Waka, then Waka knelt before Laielohelohe and did her reverence. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.4 sent.1 | I ka lā i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a kau i luna o nā waʻa, i ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kahuna i ka piko o kāna hānai a lei ihola ma kona ʻāʻī. | On the day when Laielohelohe went on board the canoe, then the priest took his foster child's umbilical cord and wore it about his neck. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.5 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole kekahi o nā kānaka hoe waʻa i ʻike aku iā ia a hiki wale i Hawaiʻi. | From the time Laielohelohe was taken on board, not one of the paddlers had the least glimpse of her until they came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, ma ke kakahiaka, i loko o ko ke aliʻi manawa i ala mai ai mai ka hiamoe mai, ʻike aʻela ʻo ia i ka hōʻailona a Waka i kauoha ai, no ka mea, aia ka pūnohu i ka moana. | The next day, in the early morning, when the chief awoke from sleep, he saw the sign which Waka had promised, for there was the colored cloud on the ocean. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.8 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻauinalā, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula nā waʻa, ʻākoakoa aʻela nā kānaka a pau ma ke awa pae waʻa e ʻike i ke aliʻi, i ka manaʻo, e puka aku ana a hālāwai me ke kāne. | In the afternoon, when the double canoes came in sight, all the people crowded to the landing place to see the chief, thinking she would come ashore and meet her husband. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Waka ma loko o ka ʻohu, ma luna o nā manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoʻonoho iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona. | Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for her |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.2 | Ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai a loaʻa hou iā Halaaniani. | and stayed there until Halaaniani took her. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe i lawe aku ai ʻo Waka i ka mana ma luna o Lāʻieikawai, a laila, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela ua mau kaikamāhine nei i kā lākou ʻōlelo e pane aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai. | At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2 | Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku. | Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.4 | No laila, ʻaʻole mākou e haʻalele iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e haʻalele iā mākou a hiki i ko kākou make ʻana. | As we will not forsake you, so do not you forsake us until our death; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā! | When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so! |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.2 | A he aha lā hoʻi? | What does it matter! |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.3 | A, i loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi iaʻu ma kēia hope aku, a laila, e hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoukou a pau i mau mea nui ma luna oʻu.” | Should fortune come to me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself." |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.4 | Noho ihola ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻieikawai, he kāne, he wahine, a ʻo nā kaikuahine nō o ʻAiwohikupua kona mau kānaka lawelawe. | Halaaniani and Laieikawai lived as man and wife and Aiwohikupua's sisters acted as her servants. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.1 | I ka pō iho, ʻōlelo hoʻowalewale akula ʻo Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻī aku, “Iā kāua e noho nei i uka nei, mai ko kāua noho ʻana i uka nei a hiki i kēia manawa, ʻaʻole he pau o koʻu leʻaleʻa i ka heʻe nalu. | That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.2 | Aia a awakea, kau mai iaʻu ka leʻaleʻa, pēlā i nā lā a pau. | at noon the longing seizes me; it is the same every day; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.3 | No laila, ke manaʻo nei au, ʻapōpō kāua, iho i kai o Keaʻau i ka heʻe nalu, a hoʻi mai nō hoʻi.” | so I propose to-morrow we go down to Keaau surf riding, and return here." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a ka wahine. | The wife agreed. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona mau hoa kūkā, nā kaikuahine hoʻi o ʻAiwohikupua, haʻi akula i ko lāua manaʻo me ke kāne i kūkā ai i ia pō, a he mea maikaʻi nō ia i kona mau hoa kūkā. | Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and this pleased her counsellors. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ua mau hoa lā, “Ke iho nei māua i kai ma ka makemake o ke kāne a kākou. | Laieikawai said to them, "We two are going to the sea, as our husband wishes. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.3 | I kali aʻe ʻoukou a i anahulu māua, mai hoʻohuoi ʻoukou. | You wait; do not be anxious if ten days pass |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1 | A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai. | They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.2 | E piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke (Maliʻo), a hoʻi mai wau. | and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, Malio, and return. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.3 | A inā i kali ʻoe iaʻu a i pō kēia lā, a ao ka pō, a i pō hou ua lā, a laila, manaʻo aʻe ʻoe ua make wau, a laila, moe hou aku ʻoe i kāne hou.” | And if you wait for me until day follows night, and night again that day, and again the day succeeds the night, then you will know that I am dead; then marry another husband." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kāna kāne, ʻauʻa aku ka wahine, a i ʻole, e piʻi pū nō lāua. | This proposal of her husband's did not please the wife, and she proposed their going up together, |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.5 | A no ka pākela loa o Halaaniani i ke akamai i ka hoʻopuka i nā ʻōlelo paheʻe, ua puni kāna wahine maikaʻi iā ia. | but the slippery fellow used all his cunning, and she was deceived. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.1 | Hala akula ʻo Halaaniani, iho akula nō hoʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i Keaʻau, ma kahi kaʻawale aʻe i pili ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | Halaaniani left her. Laieikawai went on to Keaau, and at a place not close to Kekalukaluokewa, |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.2 | Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila a pō ia lā, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai kāna kāne. | there she remained; and night fell, and the husband did not return; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.3 | Mai ia pō a ao, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai. | day came, and he did not return. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.4 | Kali hou akula i ia lā a pō, pale ka pono. | She waited that day until night; it was no better; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.5 | A laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai ua make kāna kāne, a laila, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka akula ia i ka uē paʻiāuma no kāna kāne. | then she thought her husband was dead, and she began to pour out her grief. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.3 | “He ʻumikumamākahi lā e kali ai” kona mau hoa iā ia, a i “hoʻi ʻole aku” i nā lā i kauoha ʻia e like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana aʻe nei ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua, a laila, maopopo, ua pono ʻole. | "Wait for me ten days, and should I not return," she had bidden them as told in Chapter XXII; so clearly she was in trouble. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.4 | A no ka hala ʻana o ka manawa a Lāʻieikawai i kauoha ai i kona mau hoa, no laila, ala aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ke kakahiaka nui o ka ʻumikumamālua o ka lā, iho akula e ʻike i ka pono o ko lākou hoa. | And the time having passed which Laieikawai charged her companions to wait, Aiwohikupua's sisters awoke early in the morning of the twelfth day and went to look after their comrade. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou ma Keaʻau, iā lākou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ʻike mua maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, paʻiāuma maila me ka uē. | They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei: | Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows: |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe kona mau hoa i kēia uē a Lāʻieikawai, uē like aʻela lākou a pau. | When her companions heard Laieikawai wailing, they all wailed with her. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.” | After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua make, no ka mea, iā māua nō i iho mai ai a ma uka aʻe nei lā, ʻo ka hiki mai nō hoʻi ia i kai nei, ʻōlelo mai nō kēlā iaʻu, 'E iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua, e piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke. | Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.2 | E kali naʻe ʻoe iaʻu a i pō kēia lā, a ao ka pō, a pō hou ua lā, a laila, ua make au.' | and if you wait for me until day follows night and night day and day again that night, then I am dead,' |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.4 | Kali iho nei wau a hala kona manawa i kauoha ai, manaʻo aʻe nei au ua make. | I waited here; the appointed time passed; I thought he was dead; |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.5 | ʻO ia wau i noho iho nei a hiki wale mai nei ʻoukou lā e uē aku ana wau.” | here I stayed until you came and found me wailing." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, kakali akula lākou a hala nā lā ʻehā, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i ke kō o kā Kahalaomāpuana mea i ʻōlelo ai. | Because of Kahalaomapuana's words they waited four days, but nothing happened. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.5 | No laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka uē i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka lā a pō, mai ia pō a wanaʻao, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe. | Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.6 | Iā Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka iho ai e hoʻokau hiamoe, kū ana nō ʻo Halaaniani me ka wahine hou, a hikilele aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai; he moeʻuhane kā! | Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa nō, ua loaʻa iā Mailehaʻiwale he moeʻuhane, ala aʻela ʻo ia a kamaʻilio akula iā Mailelauliʻi a me Mailekaluhea i kēia moe. | At the same time Mailehaiwale had a vision. She awoke and told her dream to Mailelaulii and Mailekaluhea. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.2 | E kamaʻilio ana nō lākou no kēlā moe, i ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi maila i kāna moe. | As they were talking about it Laieikawai awoke and told her dream. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.1 | E hahaʻi ana nō lākou i nā moeʻuhane, puoho maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai ka hiamoe mai a nīnau mai i kā lākou mea e kamaʻilio ana. | As they discussed the dreams Kahalaomapuana awoke from sleep and asked what they were talking about. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i ka moe i loaʻa iā ia, “i uka nō i Paliuli, hele aʻela nō ʻo Halaaniani a lawe aʻe ana nō iā ʻoe (Kahalaomāpuana), a hele aku nei nō ʻolua ma kahi ʻē aku. | Mailehaiwale told the dream that had come to her: "It was up at Paliuli, Halaaniani came and took you, Kahalaomapuana, and you two went away somewhere; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia mea, hoʻōki loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna uē ʻana, hoʻi akula lākou i uka o Paliuli. | Then Laieikawai stopped wailing, and they returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.4 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Halaaniani, a ma ʻaneʻi kākou e ʻike ai i kona kalohe launa ʻole.) | (At this place we shall tell of Halaaniani, and here we shall see his clever trickery.) |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.5 sent.1 | Ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, e piʻi e hālāwai me Maliʻo, iā lāua i hoʻokaʻawale ai ma hope iho o kā Halaaniani kauoha ʻana iā ia, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hālāwai pū me Maliʻo. | When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. The fellow went up and met Malio. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.3 | A no koʻu manaʻo ʻo ʻoe nō ka mea nāna e hoʻopōmaikaʻi nei iaʻu ma nā mea aʻu e makemake ai, no laila wau i hiki hou mai nei.” | And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, therefore I have come up here again." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻO Lāʻielohelohe nā, ʻo kekahi moʻopuna a Waka. | Said Malio to her brother, "That is Laielohelohe, another of Waka's grandchildren; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.2 | Ua hoʻopalau ʻia na Kekalukaluokēwā, a wahine hoʻāo. | she is betrothed to Kekalukaluokewa, to be his wife. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4 | I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā. | for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Maliʻo, hele akula ʻo Halaaniani e hoʻohālua mau ma waho o ko Lāʻielohelohe hale me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai, kokoke ʻalua anahulu kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a laila, ʻike ʻo ia i kā Lāʻielohelohe hana, he kui lehua. | At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.2 | Hoʻomau pinepine akula ʻo ia a nui nā lā, aia nō ʻo ia e hoʻomau ana i kāna hana he kui lehua. | He came repeatedly many days; there she was stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani e hālāwai me ke kaikuahine e like me kāna kauoha, a haʻi akula i nā mea āna i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her what he had seen of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea hiki ke hana ʻia aku no Lāʻielohelohe e kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, a laila, piʻi mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i hele aku ai kāua ma kahi o Lāʻielohelohe.” | When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kokoke i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona, a laila, ala maila ʻo ia, a hālāwai me kona kaikuahine. | Halaaniani went away, and close to the appointed time, then he arose and joined his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.2 | Lālau aʻela kona kaikuahine i ka pū lāʻī, a hele akula me kona kaikunāne a kokoke akula lāua ma kahi a Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua mau ai. | His sister took a ti-leaf trumpet and went with her brother, and close to the place where Laielohelohe was wont to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E piʻi ʻoe ma luna o kekahi lāʻau, ma kahi ou e ʻike aku ana iā Lāʻielohelohe, a ma laila ʻoe e noho ai. | Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the lehua tree where you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.2 | E hoʻolohe mai ʻoe i ke kani aku a kuʻu pū lāʻī, ʻelima aʻu puhi ʻana. | Listen to me play on the ti-leaf trumpet; when I have blown five times, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, ʻuʻina mai ana kahi a ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua ai. | As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place where Laielohelohe strung lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pili aʻela ʻo Halaaniani ma kekahi kumulāʻau, a nānā akula. | Then Halaaniani climbed up the trunk of a tree and kept watch. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei ma luna o ka lāʻau, kani ana ka pū lāʻī a Maliʻo. | "When he was up the tree, Malio's trumpet sounded, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.4 | Pēlā a hiki i ka lima o ke kani ʻana o ka pū lāʻī, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani i ʻike iki ua huli aʻe ka maka a hoʻolohe i kēia mea kani. | so on until the fifth time, but Halaaniani did not see the girl turn her eyes or listen to the sound. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.3 | ʻElima hoʻokani ʻana, ʻaʻole nō i ʻike iki ʻo Halaaniani i ka nānā o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, a hoʻi wale nō. | five times; still Halaaniani did not see Laielohelohe pay the least attention until she went away altogether. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kamaʻilio aku i kona kaikuahine, ʻī maila kona kaikuahine, “Loaʻa ʻole aʻela iā kāua i ka pū lāʻī, i kuʻu hano aku ia loaʻa?” | Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute? " |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻi akula lāua ma ko lāua wahi, a ma kekahi kakahiaka aʻe, hiki hou nō lāua i kahi mua a lāua i hoʻohālua ai. | The two returned home, and very early in the morning, they came again to the same place where they lay in ambush before. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua nei a hiki iho, hiki ana nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau. | No sooner were they arrived than Laielohelohe arrived also at her customary station. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.2 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku, ua haʻi mua aku ʻo Maliʻo i kāna ʻōlelo i kona kaikunāne penei, “E haku ʻoe i lehua, a huihui a lilo i mea hoʻokahi. | Malio had already instructed her brother, as follows: "Take lehua flowers, bind them into a cluster, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.3 | Aia a lohe ʻoe i kuʻu hoʻokani aku i ka hano, ʻo ia kou wā e hoʻokuʻu iho ai i kēlā pōpō lehua i luna pono ona. | when you hear me playing the nose flute, then drop the bunch of flowers right over her; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.2 | I ia wā nō, kani akula ka hano a Maliʻo. | Just as Malio's nose flute sounded, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.3 | I ia wā nō hoʻi ko Halaaniani hoʻolei ʻana iho i ka pōpō lehua mai luna iho o ka lāʻau, a hāʻule pololei ihola ma ke alo ponoʻī o Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani dropped the bunch of lehua flowers down from the tree, and it fell directly in front of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Halaaniani i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea manawa ʻole ia noho ʻana i lalo e hui me kona kaikuahine. | When Halaaniani heard this speech, he waited not a moment to descend and join his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi kāua a kakahiaka, hiki hou mai kāua i ʻaneʻi. | Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come here again, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.5 | Hoʻi akula lāua, a ma kekahi kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, piʻi hou akula. | They went home and returned early in the morning. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki maila ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e kui lehua ai. | When they had taken their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.4 | ʻEkolu hoʻokani ʻana a Maliʻo i ka hano. | Three times Malio sounded the nose flute. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Maliʻo i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻike maila kēlā iā ia nei, a he mea malihini hoʻi ia i ko Lāʻielohelohe mau maka. | At Laielohelohe's words, Malio approached Laielohelohe and the girl saw her, and she was a stranger to Laielohelohe's eyes. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.3 | A no ka hahai ʻana mai o Lāʻielohelohe e honi me Maliʻo, ʻī aku ʻo Maliʻo, “Alia kāua e honi. | And as the girl was about to give the promised kiss, Malio said, "Let our kiss wait, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.5 | A pau ko ʻolua manawa, a laila, honi aku kāua.” | when you two have done, then we will kiss." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kou kaikunāne. | Then said Laielohelohe, "You and your brother may go away, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.5 | Inā e hoʻokō au i kāu noi, a laila, ua kūʻē wau i ka ʻōlelo a koʻu mea nāna e mālama maikaʻi nei.” | should I do as you desire, I should disobey my good guardian's command." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.6 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula a haʻi i kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku, “Ua nele aʻe nei kāua i kēia lā. | When Malio heard this she returned to her brother and said, "We have failed to-day, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i ka hale, i ia manawa, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia iā Halaaniani e hele e mākaʻi aku iā Lāʻieikawai. | They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy upon Laieikawai. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hiki ai ma Keaʻau, ma muli o ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike, a i lohe hoʻi no Lāʻieikawai. | When Halaaniani came to Keaau as his sister directed, he neither saw nor heard of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.1 sent.3 | A maopopo ihola iā Halaaniani ka lā hoʻokahakaha o nā aliʻi, hoʻi akula ʻo ia a haʻi aku i kona kaikuahine no kēia mea. | And when he had carefully noted the day for the chief's wedding feast he returned and told his sister this thing. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Maliʻo i lohe ai, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne, “A hiki i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka lā e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe.” | When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be yours.'' |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.3 sent.1 | A he mea mau hoʻi i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ka iho i kai o Keaʻau e hoʻohālua ai no kā lākou kāne, no ka make, a make ʻole paha. | Now Aiwohikupua's sisters were wont to go down to the sea at Keaau to keep watch for their husband, to make sure if he were dead or not. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka. | When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration; |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa e hele aku ʻoe e hōʻike mua iā ʻoe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe i kou hale. | Then go and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.4 | Aia a hiki aku ma hope iho o ka ʻauinalā, i ia manawa, e hoʻouhi aku wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, a ma luna hoʻi o kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā kānaka. | until day declines, then I will send a mist to cover the land, and the place where the people are assembled. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.1 sent.1 | “Aia a hoʻomaka mai ke poʻi ʻana o ka noe ma ka ʻāina, a laila, e kali ʻoe i ia wā a lohe ʻoe i ka leo ʻikuā a nā manu, a haʻalele wale. | "When the mist begins to close down over the land, then wait until you hear the birds singing and they cease; |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.1 sent.2 | Kali hou aku ʻoe i ia wā a lohe hou ʻoe i ka leo ʻikuā hou a nā manu, a haʻalele wale. | wait again until you hear the birds singing and they cease. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.1 | “A ma hope o ia manawa, e hoʻopau aku nō wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina. | "And after that I will lift the mist over the land. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, e nānā ʻoe iā uka o Paliuli. | Then you will see up to Paliuli |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.3 | I piʻi ka ʻohu a uhi i luna o nā kuahiwi, i ia manawa, e uhi hou ana ka noe e like me ma mua. | where the cloud rises and covers the mountain top, then the mist will fall again as before. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e lohe ʻoe i ke keʻu a ka ʻalae a me ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki e hoʻonēnē ana, i ia manawa, e puka ʻoe mai ka hale nei aku, a kū ma waho o ke anaina. | until you hear the cry of the alae bird, and the ewaewaiki calling; then come out of the house and stand before the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.4 sent.2 | E kūpinaʻi ana ka leo o nā manu ʻōʻō a haʻalele, a laila, ua mākaukau wau e hoʻouna mai iā Lāʻielohelohe. | and when the oo birds call and cease, then I am prepared to send Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.5 sent.1 | “Aia a kūpinaʻi mai ka leo o nā ʻiʻiwi pōlena, a laila, aia ko wahine ma ke kihi hema o ka ʻaha. | "When the voice of the iiwipolena sounds, your wife is on the left side of the place of meeting. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.5 sent.2 | A ma ia hope koke iho o ia manawa, e lohe auaneʻi ʻoe i ka leo o nā kāhuli e ʻikuā ana, i ia manawa e hui ai ʻolua ma ke kaʻawale. | Soon after this, you will hear the land snails singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.2 | A mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, aia ʻolua e kāu aku ana i luna o nā manu me ko ʻolua nani nui. | the clouds and mist shall rise, and there will be you two resting upon the birds in all your splendor. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa e kū ai ka mākaia o Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i kona hilahila, a holo aku me he pio kauā lā.” | Then comes Laieikawai's disgrace, when she sees her shame and goes off afoot like a captive slave." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Waka i uka o Paliuli. | After all this was arranged, Waka returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.7 sent.2 | A, ua ʻōlelo ʻia nō hoʻi, ua lohe ʻo ia he lā hoʻokahakaha no Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe. | and already has it been told how he heard of the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Waka i hiki ai i Keaʻau e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma luna aʻe, ʻo ia nō ka lā a Maliʻo i ʻōlelo aku ai iā Halaaniani e hoʻomākaukau no ka iho e ʻike i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe mā, me ka ʻī aku naʻe o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻApōpō, i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, i ia manawa e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe. | On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have seen above. On that very day. Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.2 | No lāua auaneʻi ka hekili e kuʻi, a mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻaha a pau, ʻo ʻoe a me Lāʻielohelohe ke kau pū mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu.” | For them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi lā aʻe, ʻo ia hoʻi ka lā hoʻokahakaha o ua mau aliʻi nei, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hele maila i mua o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kona mau kahu nāna e mālama. | Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nui nei, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi ʻia aku nei ʻoe e lawe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou i kai o Keaʻau e nānā mākou i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.3 | Aia a hiki i ka ʻauinalā, a ma hope iho o ia manawa, e kiʻi mai ʻoe, a iho aku kākou.” | Be ready to take us down soon after the sun begins to decline." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.4 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia ai, a hele maila. | Kihanuilulumoku went away until the time appointed, then he came to them. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.1 | I ua moʻo nei i hoʻomaka ai e hele mai i mua o kona mau haku, aia hoʻi, ua uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina i ka noe mai uka o Paliuli a puni ka ʻāina. | And as the lizard started to come into his mistress's presence, lo! the land was veiled thick with mist up there at Paliuli, and all
around, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kēia noe i uhi mua mai ma luna o ka ʻāina, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ia i ke kauoha a Waka. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw this mist begin to descend over the land, then he remembered Waka's charge. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.3 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, lohe aʻela kēia i ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki a me ke kāhuli, i ia manawa, puka akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai kona hale aku a kū ma waho o ka ʻaha ma kahi kaʻawale. | After hearing the voices of the ewaewaiki and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his house and stood apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, ʻo ia ka manawa a Kihanuilūlūmoku i kuʻu aku ai i kona alelo i waho i noho iho ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Just at that moment, Kihanuilulumoku stuck out his tongue as a seat for Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.1 | A i ke kuʻi ʻana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, i nānā akula ka hana o ka ʻaha, aia ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Halaaniani e kau mai ana i luna o nā manu. | And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.5 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo ia i ka ʻōlelo wānana a Kahalaomāpuana. | and she remembered Kahalomapuana's prediction. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Kekalukaluokēwā i ʻike aku ai e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻielohelohe i luna o nā manu, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona nele iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i uka o Paliuli, e haʻi aku i kēia mea iā Waka, a haʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Waka i kēia mau mea, “Ua lilo ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Halaaniani. | So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got Laielohelohe; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “ʻAʻole e lilo iā ia, akā, e iho aku kāua a kokoke aku wau i ka ʻaha. | Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get close to the place of meeting; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.2 | Inā ua hāʻawi aku ʻo ia i kona ihu e honi aku iā Halaaniani, ka mea aʻu i kauoha aku ai ʻaʻole e lilo i ka mea ʻē aʻe, a iā ʻoe wale nō e laʻa ai ka ihu o kuʻu moʻopuna, a laʻa pū nō hoʻi me kona kino, a laila, ua nele kāua i ka wahine ʻole. | if she has given Halaaniani a kiss, the thing which I forbade her to grant, for to you alone is my grandchild's kiss devoted — if she has defiled herself with him, then we lose the wife, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.3 | A laila, e lawe aku ʻoe iaʻu i ka lua me ko minamina ʻole. | then take me to my grave without pity. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoʻouna akula ʻo Waka i ka noe a me ka ʻohu ma luna o ka ʻaha, a ʻike ʻole kekahi i kekahi. | As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and they could not distinguish one from another. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa i hoʻouna aku ai ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā ma luna o nā manu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia hoʻi e kau pū mai ana ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā i luna o nā manu, a laila, ʻuā aʻela ke anaina kanaka a puni ka ʻaha, “Hoʻāo nā aliʻi ē! | Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: "The marriage of the chiefs! |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Waka i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, hiki maila ʻo Waka i mua o ka ʻaha, a kū maila i waenakonu o ke anaina, a hoʻopuka maila i ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila no Lāʻieikawai. | When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo hoʻohilahila a Waka iā ia, walania ihola kona naʻau a me nā kaikuahine pū kekahi o ʻAiwohikupua. | When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa. | then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā lā, hoʻāo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻi akula i uka o Paliuli a hiki i ko lākou hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi. | On that day, Kekalukaluokewa wedded Laielohelohe, and they went up to the uplands of Paliuli until their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.3 sent.2 | A lilo ihola ʻo Halaaniani i mea nele loa, ʻaʻole ona kamaʻilio i koe. | And Halaaniani became a vagabond; nothing more remains to be said about him. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ko ke aliʻi kāne manaʻo paʻa e hoʻi nō i Kauaʻi, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kāna wahine me ko lāua kupuna wahine i Kauaʻi. | And when the chief resolved to return to Kauai, he took his wife and their grandmother to Kauai, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.3 | A mākaukau lākou e hoʻi, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua lākou i Oʻahu nei ma Honouliuli, a lawe aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa me lākou i Kauaʻi. | When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi. | and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka. | When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a haʻi akula i kā lākou ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i kūkā ai i mua o Lāʻieikawai me ka ʻī aku, “E ke aliʻi wahine o ka laʻi, ua kūkākūkā aʻe nei mākou i mea e hoʻopau ai i kou naʻau kaumaha no kou hoʻohilahila ʻia, akā, ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoe wale kai kaumaha. | They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: ''O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.1 | “Inā e ʻae ʻoe e kiʻi ʻia nō ko kākou kaikunāne, a laila, e loaʻa iā kākou ka hanohano nui i ʻoi aku ma mua o kēia, a e lilo auaneʻi ʻoe i mea kapu ʻihiʻihi loa, me ko launa ʻole mai iā mākou. | "If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person of great dignity so that you can not associate with us; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.2 | A ʻo ia kā mākou i noʻonoʻo iho nei. | now this is what we have thought of; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.3 | A ʻae ʻoe, a laila, kū kou mākaia, hilahila ʻo Waka.” | you consent, then your reproach is lifted, Waka is put to shame." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.” | Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.2 | E nānā ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila a ko kupuna wahine. | consider your grandmother's taunts; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.3 | Aia a kū kona mākaia, a laila, pono mākou, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō kā mākou mea manaʻo nui.” | when her reproach is lifted, then we are happy, for we think first of you." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.4 | A no kēia mea, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona ʻae. | And for this reason Laieikawai gave her consent. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.3 | Ma kāna wahi e hele ai, ma laila ʻoukou; nā mea āna a pau e makemake ai, ʻo ia kā ʻoukou a hoʻokō aku. | wherever she goes, there you go, whatever she wishes, that is yours to fulfill; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.4 | Akā, koe naʻe ka maluhia o kona kino a hiki mai māua me ke kaikunāne o kākou.” | but let her body be kept pure until I return with our brother." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana haʻalele ʻana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, kupu aʻela i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka manaʻo makemake e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi a puni. | After Kahalaomapuana left her sisters, the desire grew within Laieikawai's mind to travel around Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.2 | A no kēia manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻokō akula kona mau hoa i ko ke aliʻi makemake, a hele akula e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi. | So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to travel around about Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila. | On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o ko lākou mau lā ma laila, ʻike maila ka makāula i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i kai, me he mea lā, i Kawaihae ponoʻī lā. | During the days they were there the seer saw the rainbow arching over the sea as if right at Kawaihae. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.2 | I uka naʻe o ʻOuli ma Waimea kahi a ka makāula i ʻike mai ai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua aʻe nei, ua hiki ka makāula ma Hilo i kaiwilahilahi, a ua lōʻihi nō nā makahiki ma laila o ke kali ʻana i kāna mea i ʻimi ai. | The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the place the seer looked from. For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.4 | No laila, haʻalele kēia iā Hilo, a manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻi loa i Kauaʻi, a hoʻi akula. | So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set out. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila. | When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there, |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.7 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike hou i kēlā hōʻailona. | and on the next day he did not see the sign again. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, ʻo ia lā nō hoʻi ka lā a Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kaiʻōpae. | Next day the seer left the place, the very day when Laieikawai's party left Kaiopae, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻi akula a ma uka o Kahuā, ma Moʻolau ko lākou wahi i noho ai. | and came back above Kahuwa and stopped at Moolau. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻomau maila ka makāula i kona hele ʻana a hiki i luna pono o Pālalahuakiʻi, a laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, me ka hoʻomaopopo i loko ona a ʻike leʻa i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.3 sent.2 | Haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki akula ʻo ia ma Waikā a ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai, no ka mea, ua pōʻeleʻele ihola. | The seer left that place, went to Waika, for it was then dark. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. | Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.5 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula ka makāula, a noho ma uka o Waikā. | The seer returned and stayed above Waika. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.6 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia ma Lamaloloa, a noho ihola ma laila. | The next day the seer left the place, went to Lamaloloa and remained there. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heʻe nalu ma laila, no laila, iā lākou ma laila e mākaʻikaʻi ana i ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, ua nanea loa lākou ma laila. | They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were surf riding, gladly remained. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.3 | Iho akula ua makāula nei a hiki i laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kaikamahine nō āna i ʻike mua ai i kaiʻōpae. | and he went away thither, and saw the same girl whom he had seen before at Kaiopae. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, emi hope maila ʻo ia a ma ke kaʻawale, pule hou akula i kona akua e hōʻike mai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei, akā, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa ka hōʻike ʻana ma ona lā. | So he fell back to a distance to pray again to his god to show him
if this was the one he was seeking, but he got no answer that day; |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka hoʻokō ʻole ʻia o kāna mea e noi nei i kona akua, ʻaneʻane ʻo ia e hoʻohiki ʻino aku i kona akua, akā, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo ia. | and, because his god did not answer his petition, he almost swore at his god, but still he persevered. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻopuka loa akula a ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana. | He approached the place where Laieikawai and her sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.3 sent.1 | He mea pilikia loa i ka makāula ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai, a iā lākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, nīnau akula ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “He aha kā ʻoukou mea e noho nei ma ʻaneʻi? | The seer was greatly disturbed at seeing Laieikawai, and when he had reached the spot, he asked Laieikawai and her companions, "Why do you sit here? |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.4 sent.1 | “He mea hiki ʻole iā mākou ke hele aku,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “he pono e nānā aku i kā nā kamaʻāina heʻe nalu ʻana.” | The princess answered, "We can not go; it is better to watch the others." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.1 | “E noho ana mākou ma ʻaneʻi a kali ana i waʻa. | "We are sitting here, waiting for a canoe |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.2 | Inā he waʻa e holo ai i Maui, Molokaʻi, Oʻahu a hiki i Kauaʻi, a laila, holo mākou.” | to carry us to Maui, Molokai, Oahu, and to Kauai, then we shall set sail." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, ʻī akula ka makāula, “Inā e holo ana ʻoukou i Kauaʻi, a laila, aia iaʻu ka waʻa. | To this the seer replied. "If you are going to Kauai, then here is my canoe, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “A inā e kau mākou ma ko waʻa, ʻaʻole anei āu hana ʻē aʻe no mākou?” | Said Laieikawai, "If we go on board your canoe, do you require anything of us?"' |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.3 | Aia a lilo ʻoukou i mea e kaulana ai au, a laila, e ola auaneʻi koʻu inoa, 'Nā kaikamāhine a Hulumāniani'. | for my name will live in the saying, 'The daughters of Hulumaniani,' |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.6 | I ia manawa, ʻimi aʻela ka makāula i waʻa a loaʻa iā ia he kaulua, me nā kānaka pū nō hoʻi. | Then the seer sought a canoe and found a double canoe with men to man it. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, kau akula lākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo akula a kau ma Honuaʻula i Maui, a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, i Molokaʻi. | Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and the next day to Molokai; |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.2 | Haʻalele lākou iā Molokaʻi, hiki lākou ma Lāʻie, Koʻolauloa, a ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | they left Molokai, went to Laie, Koolauloa, and stayed there some days. |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā a lākou e hiki ai ma Lāʻie, a i ia pō iho nō, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa a me ko lākou makua kāne hoʻokama. | On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her companions and to her foster father: |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.3 | He mau māhoe kā māua, a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai. | we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water; |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.1 | “A, ʻo koʻu lua, lilo ia i ke kahuna ka mālama. | "And my twin, the priest guarded her, |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ke kahuna nāna i mālama i koʻu kōkoʻolua i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai mai Kauaʻi mai, no laila, kauoha ai ke kahuna i koʻu kupuna wahine e ʻāhaʻi loa, a ʻo ia koʻu mea i ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai i Paliuli, a hālāwai wale kākou.” | and because the priest who guarded my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away: and this was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa aʻela ka makāula, ʻo ka mea nō kēia āna e ʻimi nei. | When the seer heard this story the seer saw plainly that this was the very one he sought. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.2 | Akā hoʻi, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai, naue akula ka makāula ma kahi kaʻawale, a pule akula i kona akua e hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine. | But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a distance and prayed to his god lo confirm the girl's story. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, hoʻi maila, a hiamoe ihola, a i loko a kona manawa hiamoe, hiki maila ma o ua makāula nei ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihiʻo mai kona akua mai, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai kou makemake, a e kuʻu ai hoʻi ka luhi o kou ʻimi ʻana i ka loa. | After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long search. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.3 sent.1 | “No laila, e ala aʻe ʻoe a e lawe i kāu mea i hoʻomākaukau ai nona. | "Therefore arise and take the offering you have prepared |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.1 | “A pau kāu hana, a laila, mai kali. | "This done, linger not; |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.2 | E lawe koke aku iā lākou ma kēia pō nō i Kauaʻi, a hoʻonoho i nā pali o Hāʻena i uka o Honopūwaiakua.” | carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, and let them dwell on the cliff's of Haena in the uplands of Honopuwaiakua." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.5 sent.2 | Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai. | he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1 | “A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.” | "And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ma kēia hope aku, e kali ʻoe a loaʻa iaʻu he pōmaikaʻi ʻoi aku ma mua o ka pōmaikaʻi a me ka hanohano i loaʻa mua iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe pū kekahi me mākou i hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia.” | but hereafter I shall win honor beyond my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with us." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe aʻela ka makāula e like me ke kauoha a kona akua, holo akula i ia pō, a hoʻonoho i kahi i kauoha ʻia. | And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded — sailed that night and dwelt in the place commanded. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.2 | I ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma uka o Honopūwaiakua, a he mau lā ko lākou ma laila, he mea mau i ua makāula nei ke kaʻahele i kekahi manawa. | Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At one time the seer made one of his customary journeys. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi. | As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea a ke aliʻi e leʻaleʻa ai, ʻo ia ka wahine a ke aliʻi (ʻAiwohikupua). | the one who pleased the king to become the wife of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.1 | A hiki akula ka makāula i loko o kēlā ʻākoakoa, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine ma kahi hoʻokahi, e kū ana i mua o ke aliʻi. | When the seer came within the crowd. lo! the maidens were assembled in one place before the chief. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ka makāula i kekahi poʻe o ka ʻaha, “He aha ka hana a kēia ʻaha? | The seer asked some one in the crowd. "What is this assembly for, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.3 | A he aha hoʻi ka hana a kēia poʻe kaikamāhine e kū pōʻai nei i mua o ke aliʻi?” | and why are all these maidens standing in a circle before the chief?" |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo nā mākua nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mau wāhine na ke aliʻi, e hōʻaʻahu ʻia ka ʻahuʻula no lāua.” | and their parents are to be clothed in feather cloaks. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū aʻela ua makāula nei, a kāhea akula me ka leo nui i mua o ke aliʻi a me ka ʻaha a pau, “E ke aliʻi, ke ʻike nei au, he mea maikaʻi no ke aliʻi ka lawe ʻana i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa i mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in a loud voice: "O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever one of these virgins pleases him, |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻo ua makāula nei, lilo aʻela ia i ʻenemi no ka poʻe nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mua o ke aliʻi. | And those who had brought their daughters before the chief looked upon the seer as an enemy. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻōlelo huhū ʻana mai o ke aliʻi, ʻī aku ua makāula nei, “ʻO wau hoʻokahi ka mea i ʻimi ikaika i haku no ka ʻāina a puni nā moku. | And to the chief's angry words the seer replied, "Did I not seek diligently and alone for a ruler over all these islands? |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ua haku lā o ka ʻāina, ʻo ia ua kaikamahine lā aʻu, a ʻo nā kaikamāhine ʻē aʻe aʻu, he mau kaikuahine nō ia no kuʻu haku kāne. | And this lord of the land, she is my daughter, and my other daughters, they are my lord's sisters. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.1 | “Inā e hele mai ua kaikamahine nei aʻu, a kū i loko o ke kai, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana. | "Should my daughter come hither and stand upon the sea, the ocean would be in tumult; |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e kū ma ka ʻāina, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, ua ka ua, kuʻi ka hekili, ʻōlapa ka uila, ʻōpaʻipaʻi ka mauna, waikahe ka ʻāina, pualena ka moana i ka hele a kuʻu kaikamahine haku.” | if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my daughter and lord." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka makāula, lilo ihola ia ʻōlelo ʻana i mea ʻeʻehia no nā kānaka a puni ka ʻaha. | And the seer's words spread fear through the assembly. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.4 | Ma ka manaʻo paʻa o kona poʻe ʻenemi, hoʻoholo ʻia aʻela ua makāula nei e lawe ʻia i loko o kahi paʻa, a ma laila ʻo ia e noho ai a make. | Through the persistence of his enemies, it was decided to make the seer fast within that place and let him stay there until he died. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ka lā o ua makāula nei e hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai, a ma ia pō iho, ma ka wanaʻao, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua, a ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki aku ka leo o kāna pule i mua o kona akua. | On the day of his imprisonment, that night at dawn, he prayed to his god. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.5 sent.2 | A ma ka mālamalama loa ʻana aʻe, ue wehe ʻia ka puka o ka hale nona, a hele akula ʻo ia me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai. | And at early daybreak the door of the house was opened for him and he went out without being seen. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki akula ka ilāmuku ma waho o ka hale, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula, a kāhea akula ʻo ia me ka leo nui, | When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a loud voice: |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ka ilāmuku, a haʻi akula i ke aliʻi, “Ua make ka makāula.” | The executioner returned to the chief and said, "The prophet is dead." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.8 sent.1 | “E hoʻomākaukau no ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, a kau aku.” | [make ready for the day of sacrifice and] |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.8 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā luna o ka heiau, a kau aku i ka makāula ma ka lele i mua o ke kuahu. | Then the chief commanded the head man of the temple to ... lay the prophet on the place of sacrifice before the altar. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea ma kahi kaʻawale aku, a ma ia pō iho, lawe akula ʻo ia hoʻokahi pū maiʻa, ua wahī ʻia i ke kapa, me he kupapaʻu lā, a hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ua makāula nei, a hoʻi akula a hui me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a haʻi akula i kēia mau mea a me kona pilikia ʻana. | Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the night he took a banana plant covered with tapa like a human figure and put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka lā kauila o ka heiau, lawe aʻela ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau hoa pū ma luna o nā waʻa. | And near the day of sacrifice at the temple, the seer took Laieikawai and her companions on board of the double canoe. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui hoʻi o ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, kiʻi ʻia akula ke kanaka o ka heiau, a i ke komo ʻana aku o nā luna o ke aliʻi, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa i ka wahī ʻia, lawe ʻia akula a waiho ma loko o ka heiau. | In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was brought and laid within the temple. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka hola e kau ʻia ai ke kanaka ma ka lele, ʻākoakoa aʻe nā mea a pau a me ke aliʻi pū. | And close to the hour when the man was to be laid upon the altar all the people assembled and the chief with them; |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.3 | A hiki ke aliʻi i luna o ka ʻanuʻu, lawe ʻia maila ua pū maiʻa i wahī ʻia a kūpono ma lalo o ka lele. | and the chief went up on the high place, the banana plant was brought and laid directly under the altar. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ke aliʻi i kona mau luna, “E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapaʻu, a kau aku i luna o ka lele i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona.” | Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the tapa from the body and place it upon the altar prepared for it." |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.3 sent.4 | wahi a ke aliʻi. | exclaimed the chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa hoʻi e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ana nā luna o ke aliʻi, hiki maila ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma luna o ke kaulua, a lana ma waho o ka nuku o ka muliwai. | While the chief's keepers were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.3 | Kū maila ka makāula ma kekahi waʻa, a ʻo nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ma kekahi waʻa, a ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi i luna o ka pola o nā waʻa kahi i kū mai ai i loko hoʻi o kona pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu. | The seer stood on one canoe and Aiwohikupua's sisters on the other, and Laieikawai stood on the high seat between, under the symbols of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.1 | I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai. | As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.2 | A pau ia, lawe ka makāula i ka pāʻū o Lāʻieikawai, a waiho i uka. | After this the seer took Laieikawai's skirt and laid it down on the land; |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka hōʻike ʻia, i nānā aku ka hana o ʻAiwohikupua a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, e kū mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu i luna o nā waʻa. | After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.5 | I ia manawa, naholo maila nā kānaka a kū ma uka o kahakai, hehi kekahi ma luna o kekahi i ʻike leʻa aku lākou. | Then the men ran in flocks from the land down to the sea beach; one trampled on another in order to see. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.3 | Na kuʻu akua i lawe mai iaʻu mai kuʻu pilikia maʻū wale ʻana, a kuʻu haku. | but by my god, who has saved me from many perils; and this is my lord. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.5 | A no ka ʻike maopopo ʻana aku o ʻAiwohikupua iā Lāʻieikawai, he mea ʻē hoʻi ka haʻalulu o kona puʻuwai, a waiho akula i ka honua, me he mea make lā. | And when Aiwohikupua looked upon Laieikawai his heart trembled, and he fell to the ground as if dead. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.1 | A māmā aʻela ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona luna e lawe mai i ka makāula me nā kaikamāhine pū mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.2 | Hele akula ka luna, a kāhea akula i ka makāula i luna o nā waʻa, me ka haʻi aku i ka ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi. | The head man went and called out to the seer on the canoe and told him the chief's word. |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i ka luna, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ke aliʻi, kuʻu haku hoʻi, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe, ʻaʻole e lilo kuʻu kaikamahine haku i wahine nāna. | When the seer heard it he said to the head man, "Return and tell the chief, my lord indeed, that my lordly daughter shall never become his wife; |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.2 | Aia a he aliʻi ʻai moku, a laila, lilo kuʻu kaikamahine.” | she is chief over all the islands." |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike hou ʻia ma ia hope iho i Wailua, hoʻi akula lākou a noho i Honopūwaiakua. | nor was he seen again after that at Wailua; they returned and dwelt at Honopuwaiakua. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a mākaukau hoʻi kona hele ʻana, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, komo aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Kihanuilūlūmoku, a ʻau akula ma ka moana a hiki i Keʻalohilani. | After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters and made preparation for the journey, At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.1 | He mea weliweli iā Mokukelekahiki ka ʻike ʻana i ua moʻo nei, lele akula ʻo ia a hiki i luna o Nuʻumealani. | A terrible sight to Mokukelekahiki to see that lizard; he flew away up to Nuumealani, [the Raised Place in the Heavens;] |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku (ka moʻo) iā Kahalaomāpuana, “I hiki mai auaneʻi kēia mau kānaka e lele mai nei i o kāua nei, a laila, e luaʻi aku wau iā ʻoe, a kau ma ka āʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.3 | A i nīnau aʻe iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, he kama ʻoe na lāua. | and when he questions you, then tell him you are a child of theirs, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.4 | A i nīnau mai i kā kāua hana i hiki mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe.” | and when he asks what our journey is for, then tell him." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hāpai maila ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i kona huelo mai loko aʻe o ka moana, piʻi ke kai i luna, me he poʻi ʻana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he ʻakūkū nalu lā i poʻi i loko o ka malama ʻo Kaulua, piʻi ke ehu o ke kai i luna, pouli ka lā, kū ka punakea i uka. | Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was darkened, white sand was flung on the shore. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.7 sent.1 | Nīnau lāua, “He aha ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kama i hiki mai ai?” | The two asked, "On what journey, my child, do you come hither?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.10 sent.1 | “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana, “ka lani kapu a Kāʻeloikamalama lāua ʻo Mokukelekahiki.” | "Kaonohiokala," replied Kahalaomapuana, "the high taboo one of Kaeloikamalama and Mokukelekahiki." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.11 sent.1 | Nīnau hou nō lāua, “A loaʻa ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, he aha ka hana?” | Again they asked, "Kaonohiokala found, what is he to do?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.14 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kēia, “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana, ke kaikamahine muli a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua me Laukieleʻula.” | She told them, "Kahalaomapuana, the youngest daughter of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama lāua me Mokukelekahiki, he mea ʻē kā lāua aloha. | When Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama heard she was their own child, [their love was strong] |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E hele kāua a loaʻa ke alanui, a laila, piʻi aku ʻoe.” | Said Kaeloikamalama, "We will show you the road, then you shall ascend." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, aʻoaʻo akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Eia ko alanui i piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe i hiki i luna, a i ʻike ʻoe hoʻokahi hale e kū ana i loko o ka mahina, aia i laila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; there is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.1 | “Kali aku ʻoe a moe, e huli ana ke alo i lalo, ʻaʻole i moe, akā, i nānā aku ʻoe a i huli ke alo i luna, ua moe kā hoʻi, a laila, hele aku ʻoe. | "Wait until he is asleep; should be turn his face down he is not asleep, but when you see him with the face turned up, he is really asleep; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.2 | Mai hele ʻoe ma ka makani, hele ʻoe ma ka lulu, a noho i luna o ka umauma. | then approach not the windward, go to the leeward, and sit upon his breast, |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.3 | Paʻa ʻoe a paʻa i ka ʻumiʻumi, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe, | holding tight to his beard, then call out: |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.1 sent.1 | Pēlā auaneʻi ʻoe e hea iho ai, a inā e nīnau mai kēlā iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe i kāu huakaʻi i hele mai ai.” | "So you must call to him, and if he questions you, then tell him about your journey here. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.1 | “I piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe, a i uhi ke ʻawa, na ko makuahine ia hana. | "On the way up, if fine rain covers you, that is your mother's doings; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i honi ʻoe i ke ʻala, ʻo ko makuahine nō ia nona ke ʻala, a laila, palekana. | Keep on up; and if you smell a fragrance, that too is your mother's, it is her fragrance, then all is well, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.4 | Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.5 | I ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe i ka ʻoi o ka nohi o ka lā, a laila, hoʻomanawanui aku nō ʻoe a komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a laila, pau ka make. | try to bear it and you will enter the shadow of the moon; then you will not die, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, piʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | When they had finished talking, Kahalaomapuana climbed up, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.2 | A ahiahi, paʻa ʻo ia i ke ʻawa, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo kā ka makua kāne hana ia. | and in the evening she was covered with fine rain; this she thought was her father's doings; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.3 | Mai ia pō a wanaʻao, honi ʻo ia i ke ʻala o ke kiele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo ka makuahine ia. | at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the kiele plant; this she thought was her mother's art; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.4 | Mai ia wanaʻao a kiʻekiʻe ka lā, loaʻa ʻo ia i ka wela o ka lā, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia, ʻo ka hana kēia a kona kaikunāne. | from dawn until the sun was high she was in the heat of the sun, she thought this was her brother's doing. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea. | Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila ʻo ia a ma kahi kaʻawale, e kali ana no ka moe iho e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kāʻeloikamalama. | she waited at a distance for him to go to sleep, as Kaeloikamalama had instructed her. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.1 | A ma ka wanaʻao, hele akula kēia, i luna ke alo o Moanalihaikawaokele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ua hiamoe. | When at dawn she went, Moanalihaikawaokele's face was turned upwards, she knew he was asleep; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.2 | Holokikī akula kēia a paʻa ma ka ʻumiʻumi o ka makua kāne, kāhea ihola e like me ke aʻoaʻo ʻana a Kāʻeloikamalama i hōʻike ʻia ma luna. | she ran quickly and seized her father's beard and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown above. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.1 sent.1 | Kuʻu aʻela kēia, ala aʻela ka makua kāne, a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o ka ʻūhā, uē ihola. | She let go, and the father arose and set her upon his lap and wailed, |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.1 sent.2 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau iho ka makua kāne, “He aha kāu huakaʻi i hiki mai ai?” | and when he had ended wailing, the father asked, "On what journey do you come hither?" |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.2 sent.1 | “He huakaʻi ʻimi lani,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana. | "A journey to seek one from the heavens," answered Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā,” wahi a ke kaikamahine. | "Kaonohiokala," the girl answered. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.5 sent.1 | “A loaʻa ka lani, he aha ka hana?” | "The high one found, what is he to do?" |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne haku i kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, he aikāne aliʻi a mākou, ko mākou mea nāna i mālama.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal friend, the one who protects us." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.4 | Aia a hanawai ko makuahine, a laila, hoʻi mai i oʻu nei, a pau nā lā haumia o ko makuahine, a laila, pau ka ʻike ʻana me aʻu, hoʻi nō me ke aliʻi. | When your mother is unclean, she returns to me, and when her days of uncleanness are over, then she leaves me, she goes back to the chief. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.5 | No laila, e kali ʻoe, a hiki i nā lā maʻi o ko makuahine. | "Therefore, wait until the time comes |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.2 sent.1 | Haʻi aku ka malihini, “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana au, ka hua hope loa a kou ʻōpū.” | Said the stranger, "I am Kahalaompuana, the last fruit of your womb." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.3 | Aia a pau kuʻu haumia ʻana, e launa nō kāua no ka manawa pōkole a hele aku.” | when they are ended, we will visit together a little, then go." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana me Moanalihaikawaokele, nīnau maila ka makua kāne, “Pehea maila?” | So Kahalaomapuana went back to Moanalihaikawaokele; the father asked, "How was it? " |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.2 | Hele nō ʻoe i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele o ka lā ʻapōpō a noho ma ka luawai, kahi āna e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ai iā ia. | to- morrow, early in the morning before daylight, go and sit by the water hole where she washes herself; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.3 | Mai hōʻike ʻoe, aia a lele kēlā i loko o ke kiʻowai a i luʻu i lalo o ka wai, a laila, holo aku ʻoe a lawe mai i ka pāʻū a me ke kapa ona i haumia i kona maʻi. | do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.4 | I ʻauʻau kēlā a hoʻi mai ma kapa, ʻaʻole ke kapa, a laila, manaʻo mai ua kiʻi aku au i hoʻi mai ai kēlā i ka hale nei. | when she has bathed and returns for the clothes, they will be gone; then she will think that I have taken them; when she comes to the house, |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.5 | A laila, kiʻi kou makemake. | then you can get what you wish. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi. | "If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a nīnau kēlā i kou makemake, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo ko ʻike kā hoʻi ia i ko kaikunāne. | then when she asks you what you desire, tell her; then you shall see your brother; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki i ka manawa a ka makua kāne i ʻōlelo ai, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele, a hele akula e like me ke kauoha a kona makua kāne. | At the time the father had said, the daughter arose very early in the morning before daylight, and went as her father had directed. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.2 | Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai. | When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kaikamahine i ka mea i kauoha ʻia iā ia, a hoʻi akula me ka makua kāne. | Then the girl took the things as directed and returned to her father. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.2 | ʻO wau wale nō ko ka hale nei, a ʻo ko kapa naʻe i haumia i ko maʻi, eia lā.” | only I am in the house; that polluted skirt of yours, here it is." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1 | “Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?” | "Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? " |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.2 | ʻApo akula ia i ke kaikamahine a uē akula i ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma ka paukū ma luna aʻe nei. | She embraced the girl and wailed out the words in the line above. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau iho ka makuahine, “He aha kāu huakaʻi i hiki mai ai i o māua nei?” | When she had ceased wailing, the mother asked, "On what journey do you come hither to us ? " |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1 | “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole. | "I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole a mākou uku e uku aku ai no ka mālama ʻana a ke aliʻi iā mākou, a no ia mea, e ʻae mai ʻoe e iho aʻe au me kuʻu kaikunāne lani i lalo, a lawe mai iā Lāʻieikawai i luna nei.” | we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and bring Laieikawai up here." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.3 sent.2 | E hea aʻe au i ke kahu manu o ʻolua, a nāna kāua e lawe aku a komo i ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.” | let me call the bird guardian of you two, who will bear us to the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.1 | I ia wā, kuʻu ihola ua manu nei i nā ʻēheu i lalo, a ʻo ke kino, aia nō i luna. | Then that bird drooped its wings down and its body remained aloft, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau akula ʻo Laukieleʻula me Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ka ʻēheu o ua manu nei, ʻo ka lele akula nō ia a hiki iā Awakea, ka mea nāna e wehe ke pani o ka lā, kahi i noho ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the sun where Kaonohiokala lived. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a lāua i hiki aku ai, ua pani ʻia akula ko ke aliʻi wahi e nā ao hekili. | At the time they arrived, the entrance to the chief's house was blocked by thunderclouds. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula iā Awakea, “Wehe ʻia mai ke pani o kahi o ke aliʻi!” | Then Laukieleula ordered Noonday, "Open the way to the chief's place!" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ke ʻaʻe lā ʻo Awakea me kona wela nui, a ʻauheʻe akula nā ao hekili i mua ona. | Then Noonday put forth her heat and the clouds melted before her; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lālau ihola ʻo Laukieleʻula i kekahi kukuna o ka lā a kāohi ihola. | Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.3 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao. | When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ala maila mai kona hiamoe ʻana, ʻalawa aʻela kēlā iā Laukieleʻula e hea aku i nā kiaʻi o ka malu, kāhea aʻela: | When Kaonohiokala heard he awoke from sleep and signed with his eyes to Laukieleula to call the guards of the shade. She called: |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hele maila nā kiaʻi o ka malu, a kū ihola i mua o ke aliʻi. | Then the guards of the shade came and stood before the chief. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.1 | A loaʻa ka malumalu i mua o ko ke aliʻi wahi moe, a laila, kāhea maila i ke kaikuahine, a hele akula a uē ihola, no ka mea, ua māʻeʻele kona puʻuwai i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, a he nui nō hoʻi nā lā o ke kaʻawale ʻana. | When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their separation. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.2 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | "When their wailing was ended he asked, "Whose child are you? " |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.8 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula kēlā e like me kāna ʻōlelo i ka makuahine. | Then she told him the same thing she had told the mother. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāliu akula ʻo ia i ko lāua makuahine, me ka nīnau aku, “E Laukieleʻula, ua ʻae anei ʻoe iaʻu e kiʻi i ka mea a ia nei e ʻōlelo mai nei i wahine naʻu?” | When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, "Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks of for my wife?" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.3 | ʻAe ʻia aku ka ʻōlelo a kou pōkiʻi, no ka mea, nāu i wehe mua ke alanui, a na ko kaikuahine i pani mai. | grant your little sister's request, for you first opened the pathway, she closed it; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.4 | ʻAʻohe he mea ma mua ou, a ʻaʻohe nō hoʻi he mea ma hope iho.” | no one came before, none after her." |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau ʻōlelo, nīnau hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kahalaomāpuana no kona mau kaikuaʻana a me kona kaikunāne. | After this answer Kaonohiokala asked further about her sisters and her brother. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻAʻole he pono o ko mākou kaikunāne; ua kūʻē ko mākou noho ʻana. | Then said Kahalaomapuana, "My brother has not done right; he has opposed our living |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kēia wahine nō aʻu i kiʻi mai nei iā ʻoe, i ka huakaʻi mua ʻana i kiʻi ai i ua wahine nei, hoʻi hou aʻe iā mākou, hele nō mākou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke aliʻi wahine aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and came to the woman's house, the princess of
whom I speak. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.1 | “A haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, ukali aku mākou ma hope, pākela loa nō ko mākou kaikunāne i ka huhū, me he mea lā, na mākou i hōʻole kona makemake. | "When he left us, we followed; our brother's rage waxed as if we had denied his wish. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.2 | No laila lā, hoʻi hou mākou a kahi i haʻalele mua ʻia ai, na ua kaikamahine aliʻi lā i mālama iā mākou, a haʻalele wale akula wau, hele mai nei. | "Then it was we returned to where he left us, and the princess protected us, until I left to come hither; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē ka huhū. | When Kaonohiokala heard this story, he was angry. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe me ou kaikuaʻana a me ke aikāne aliʻi a ʻoukou, kuʻu wahine hoʻi, kali mai ʻoukou. | Then he said to Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the princess; my wife she shall be; wait, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.3 | I neʻe ka ua ma kēia hope iho, a i lanipili, eia nō wau i ʻaneʻi. | and when the rain falls and floods the land, I am still here. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.4 | I kaikoʻo auaneʻi ka moana, a i kū ka puna kea i uka, eia nō wau i ʻaneʻi. | "When the ocean billows swell and the surf throws white sand
on the shore, I am still here; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.5 | Inā e pā ka makani a hoʻokahi anahulu, mālie, i kuʻi pāloʻo ka hekili, aia wau i Kahakaekaea. | when the wind whips the air and for ten days lies calm, when thunder peals without rain, then I am at Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.1 | “Ma ia hope iho, hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou, a i kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, hoʻokahi malama e poʻi ai ka ʻino a mao aʻe, aia wau ma ke kua o nā mauna i ka wā mōlehulehu o ke kakahiaka. | "After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one month bad weather closes down, when the storm clears, there I am behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.2 | Kali mai ʻoukou a i puka aku ka lā, a haʻalele iho i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aʻe ai ʻoukou iaʻu. | "Wait here and at daybreak, when I leave the summit of the mountain, then you shall see me |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a hoʻāo māua, a laila, e hoʻomaka wau i ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | "After our marriage, then I will bring destruction over the earth upon those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi ihola ʻo ia ma ke ala āna i piʻi aku ai, hoʻokahi malama, a hālāwai ihola me Kihanuilūlūmoku, haʻi akula i ka huaʻōlelo, “Ua pono kāua, ua waiwai nō hoʻi.” | These words ended, she returned by the same way that she had climbed up, and within one month found Kihanuilulumoku and told all briefly, "We are all right; we have prospered." |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.2 | Hanu aʻela ua moʻo nei a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, ʻaʻole. | Laieikawai and her companions were gone; the lizard smelled all about Hawaii; nothing. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.5 | Hiki lāua i Kauaʻi, hanu aʻela a puni, ʻaʻole i loaʻa. | They came to Kauai; the lizard sniffed about the coast, found nothing; |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, he mea malihini naʻe i ka makāula kēia kaikamahine ʻōpiopio, a he mea weliweli nō hoʻi i ua makāula nei ka ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo. | but a stranger to the seer was this younger sister, and he was terrified at sight of the lizard; |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.5 sent.1 | He ʻumikumamākahi malama, me ke anahulu, me ʻehā lā keu, ʻo ia ka lōʻihi o ke kaʻawale ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana, mai ka lā i haʻalele ai iā Lāʻieikawai mā a hiki i ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai. | Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from The-shining-heavens. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli. | When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.4 | I ahona paha a ʻike aku, ʻo kuʻu make nō paha ia, no ka mea, ke makaʻu honua ʻē mai nei nō i kona manawa ʻaʻole me kākou.” | When I think of seeing him, however I may desire it, I am ready to die with fear before he has even come to us." |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.3 | A no kona hānau mua ʻana, lilo ai ʻo ia i hiwahiwa na nā mākua o kākou. | He was the firstborn of us; he was greatly beloved by our parents; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ona lā i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana nui hiki ʻole iā mākou, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana nei, ʻalua wale nō mea i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana, koe aku naʻe ke kapu no ko kākou kaikunāne, no laila, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | to him was given superhuman powers which we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.5 | Aia nō hoʻi paha a hiki maila, ʻike aku nō hoʻi paha ʻoe lā, he kanaka nō e like me kākou.” | when he comes, you will see he is only a man like us." |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.2 | Aia a hiki aku i nā pō mahina kōnane e hiki mai ai. | when the nights of full moon come. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.3 | Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau. | "When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1 | “A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua. | "When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.2 | E ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻāina i ka luku nui ma ia hope iho, a nāna e kāʻili aku i ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe mai ka ʻāina aku, a laila, no kākou ka pōmaikaʻi a me kā kākou pua aku.” | Afterwards the earth shall behold a great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed." |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.3 | A lohe kāna mau kaikamāhine i kēia wānana a ka makāula, nalu ihola lākou i loko o lākou iho ma ke kaʻawale i kēia wānana a ka makāula, me ka haʻi ʻole aku i ua makāula nei, no ka mea, ua hoʻomanaʻo wale aʻela lākou no kā lākou mea i hoʻouna ai i ko lākou kaikaina. | When his daughters heard the seer's prophecy, they wondered within themselves that he should prophesy at this distance, without knowing anything about their sister's mission for which they waited. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki iā ia ke hele aku e kūkala ma Kauaʻi a puni, me ka haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike, a no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope. | As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things which he saw would come to pass. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kauoha ihola i kāna mau kaikamāhine, ma mua o kona haʻalele ʻana iā lākou, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ke hele nei au ma kuʻu ʻaoʻao mau. | So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My daughters. I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hele loa ana, akā, e hele ana wau e haʻi aku i kēia mea aʻu e kamaʻilio nei iā ʻoukou, a hoʻi mai wau. | not, indeed, for long; but I go to announce those things which I have told you. and shall return hither. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoukou ma kahi a kuʻu akua i kuhikuhi ai iaʻu. | Therefore, dwell here in this place, which my god has pointed out to me, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.6 | E waiho ʻoukou iā ʻoukou ma loko o ka maluhia a hiki i ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kuʻu wānana.” | and keep yourselves pure until my prophecy is fulfilled." |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.7 | Hele akula ua makāula nei e like me kona manaʻopaʻa, a hele akula ʻo ia i mua o nā aliʻi a me ka poʻe koʻikoʻi ma kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā aliʻi. | The prophet went away, as he had determined, and he went into the presence of the chiefs and men of position, at the place where the chiefs were assembled; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki mua ʻo ia i o ʻAiwohikupua, me ka ʻī aku, “Mai kēia lā aku, e kūkulu mua ʻoe i mau lepa a puni kou wahi, a e hoʻokomo i kāu poʻe aloha a pau ma loko, no ka mea, ma kēia hope koke iho, e hiki mai ana ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina. | And first he came to Aiwohikupua and said, "From this day, erect flag signals around your dwelling, and bring inside all whom you love. "For there comes shortly a destruction over the earth; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.1 | “Ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka mea mana, e hōʻike mai nō ʻo ia i hōʻailona no ka luku ʻana, ʻaʻole ma luna o nā makaʻāinana, ma luna pono iho nō ou, a ʻo kou poʻe. | "Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself and your people; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa e moe ai nā mea kiʻekiʻe o ka ʻāina nei i mua ona, a e kāʻili ʻia aku ka hanohano maiā ʻoe aku. | then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him and your pride shall be taken from you. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā e hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu ʻōlelo, a laila, e pakele ʻoe i ka luku e hiki mai ana, a ʻoiaʻiʻo. | "If you listen to my word, then you will be spared from the destruction that is verily to come; |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka makāula, kipaku ʻia maila ka makāula mai ke alo mai o ke aliʻi. | And because of the seer's words, he was driven away from before the face of the chief. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.2 sent.1 | Pēlā ʻo ia i kūkala hele ai i mua o nā aliʻi a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | Thus he proclaimed to all the chiefs on Kauai, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.3 sent.2 | E like me ka ʻōlelo no ʻAiwohikupua, pēlā kāna ʻōlelo iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a manaʻoʻiʻo maila ʻo ia. | And as he said to Aiwohikupua, so he said to Kekalukaluokewa, and he believed him. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka, hāliu akula ka makāula i ke aliʻi, a ʻōlelo akula, “Mai hoʻolohe i kā ko kupuna wahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku nui ma luna o nā aliʻi. | And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the chiefs. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.2 | ʻĀnō, e kūkulu i lepa a puni ʻoe, a e hoʻokomo i kāu mea aloha ma loko o nā lepa i kūkulu ʻia. | Plant flag signals at once around you, and bring all dear to you inside the signals you have set up, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.3 | A ʻo ka mea e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole i kaʻu, e hāʻule nō lākou i loko o ka luku nui. | and whoever will not believe me, let them fall in the great day of destruction. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.4 | A hiki i ua lā lā, e moe ana nā luāhine ma nā kapuaʻi o ke keiki mana, me ke noi aku i ola, ʻaʻole e loaʻa, no ka mea, ua hōʻole i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula nei.” | "When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kō mau o kāna mau wānana ma mua aku, no laila, ua pale kēlā i ka ʻōlelo a ka luahine. | And because Kekalukaluokewa knew that his former prophecies had been fulfilled, therefore he rejected the old woman's counsel. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.6 | A hala akula ka makāula, kūkulu aʻela ke aliʻi i lepa a puni kona hale aliʻi, a noho ihola ma loko o kahi hoʻomalu e like me ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | When the seer left the chief placed flag signals all around the palace and stayed within the protected place as the prophet had commanded. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.1 | A pau ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ka makāula, hoʻi akula ʻo ia a noho me kāna mau kaikamāhine. | At the end of his circuit, the seer returned and dwelt with his daughters. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.2 | No ke aloha wale nō a ka makāula ke kumu o kona hele ʻana aku e haʻi i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | For no other reason than love did the seer go to tell those things which he saw. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi anahulu ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai, i ia manawa, hiki maila ka hōʻailona mua a ko lākou kaikunāne e like me ke kauoha i kona kaikuahine. | Ten days after Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani came the first of their brother's promised signs. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.2 | Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana. | So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula nā kaikamāhine, “ʻO ia hoʻi kā mākou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō mākou i kēia mea iā ʻoe, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole kēia (Kahalaomāpuana) i hiki mai, a ma kā ia nei hoʻi ʻana mai nei, lohe hope mākou iā ia nei.” | The daughters answered, ''This is what we have been whispering about, for first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again." |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “He haʻalulu nui koʻu a me ka weliweli, a pehea lā e pau ai kuʻu makaʻu?” | Said Laieikawai, "I tremble and am astonished, and how can my fear be stilled?" |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki mai ana ka pōmaikaʻi iā kākou, a e lilo auaneʻi kākou i mea nui nāna e ʻai nā moku a puni, ʻaʻole kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, a e noho aliʻi auaneʻi ʻoukou ma luna o ka ʻāina a e holo aku ka poʻe hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou mai ka noho aliʻi aku. | we shall prosper and become mighty ones among the islands round about; none shall be above us; and you shall rule over the land, and those who have done evil against you shall flee from you and be chiefs no more. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.5 | A ke ʻike nei wau, noʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a no kaʻu mau pua maiā ʻoukou mai.” | and I see prosperity for me and for my seed to be mine through you." |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani. | Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi he leo ʻuā, “Ka Hiwahiwa a Hulumāniani ē! | Behold! a voice shouting, "The beloved of Hulumaniani! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.1 | Mai ke kakahiaka a ahiahi ka ʻuā ʻana. | From morning until evening the shouting lasted, |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.2 | Ua paʻa ka leo, ʻo ke kuhikuhi wale iho nō a ka lima, ʻaʻohe leo, me ke kūnou ʻana o ke poʻo, no ka mea, ua paʻa ka leo i ka ʻuā iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | until they were hoarse and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Kaʻōnohiokalā e nānā mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoʻi, e ʻaʻahu mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kapa ānuenue a kona kaikuahine (Kahalaomāpuana) i lawe mai ai, a laila, maopopo aʻela iā ia, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kēia, ka wahine hoʻopalau āna. | Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed wife. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai a ka mahina kōnane ʻo Māhealani, hiki maila i loko o ke anapuni a ka makāula. | In the dusk of the evening, at the rising of the bright full moon, he entered the prophet's inclosure. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1 | A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē! | And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.7 sent.1 | “E kuʻu Haku, he weliweli koʻu a me ka haʻalulu nui, a inā i manaʻo ʻoe e lawe i kuʻu ola nei, e pono ke lawe aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i hālāwai me kekahi mea weliweli nui ma mua e like me kēia,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | "My lord, I am amazed and tremble, and if you desire to take my life, it is well; for never have I met before with anyone so terrible as this!" answered Laieikawai. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, akā, ma ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kaikuahine i hiki aʻe nei i ou lā, a no laila, ua hāʻawi mai wau i hōʻailona noʻu e ʻike ai iā ʻoe, a e maopopo ai iaʻu, ʻo ʻoe kuʻu wahine hoʻopalau. | "I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed wife; |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.2 | A no laila, ua hele mai au e hoʻokō e like me kāna kiʻi ʻana aʻe nei.” | and therefore have I come to fulfill her mission," |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula pū, a laila, hoʻōho maila lākou me ka leo ʻoliʻoli, “ʻĀmama! ʻĀmama! ʻĀmama! Ua noa, lele wale akula.” | When his sisters and the seer heard, then they shouted with joyful voices, "Amen! Amen! Amen! it is finished, flown beyond!" |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāhea ihola ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, “Ke lawe nei wau i kuʻu wahine, a ma kēia pō e hiki hou mai māua,” a laila, kāʻili ʻia akula kāna wahine me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia e kona mau hoa. | Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of sight of her companions, |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo ka makāula ka mea i ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa aku i ka lawe ʻia ʻana ma ke ānuenue, a noho i loko o ka mahina. | but the prophet had a glimpse of her being carried on the rainbow to dwell within the moon; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi pō aʻe, i ka mahina e kōnane ʻoluʻolu ana, i ka wā hapa o ka laʻi, kuʻu ʻia maila kekahi ānuenue i ʻūlili ʻia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i lalo nei i ka wā e kūpono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuʻuwaiakua. | And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua, |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho maila nā aliʻi o ka lewa me ko lāua ʻihiʻihi nui, a kū maila i mua o ka makāula, me ka ʻōlelo iho, “E hele aʻe ʻoe e kala aku i nā mea a pau, i hoʻokahi anahulu, e hoʻohui ʻia ma kahi hoʻokahi. | then the chiefs appeared above in the sky in their majesty and stood before the prophet, saying: "Go and summon all the people for ten days to gather together in one place; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, e hoʻopuka aku wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopaʻi no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | then I will declare my wrath against those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.4 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, a laila, e hui hou kāua, a naʻu nō e haʻi aku i ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻoe a me kāu mau kaikamāhine pū me ʻoe.” | "At the end of ten days, then we shall meet again, and I will tell you what is well for you to do, and my sisters with you." |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau ʻōlelo, hele akula ka makāula. | When these words were ended the seer went away, |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.2 sent.2 | A hala ia, a laila, kāʻili pū ʻia akula nā kaikuahine ʻelima i luna, a noho pū me ia i ka ʻolu o ka mahina. | and when he had departed the five sisters were taken up to dwell with the wife in the shelter of the moon. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.3 sent.1 | I ka makāula i kaʻapuni ai ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ka hiwahiwa, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hālāwai me kekahi kanaka hoʻokahi, no ka mea, ua pau i uka o Pihanakalani, kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia he lanakila. | On the seer's circuit, according to the command of the Beloved, he did not encounter a single person, for all had gone up to Pihanakalani, the place where it had been predicted that victory should be accomplished. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.3 sent.2 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, hiki aku ka makāula i Honopūwaiakua. | After ten days the seer returned to Honopuwaiakua; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hālāwai maila me ia ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a haʻi akula i kāna ʻōlelo hōʻike no kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka hiwahiwa. | Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he had made at the Beloved's command. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa kāʻili pū ʻia akula ka makāula a noho i ka mahina. | Then the prophet was taken up also to dwell in the moon. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.1 | A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū. | And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.2 | Hāʻawi ʻia ka make no Waka, a ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻopaʻi ʻia akula ia e lilo i kanaka ʻilihune e ʻaeʻa haukaʻe ana ma luna o ka ʻāina a hiki i kona mau lā hope. | To Waka he meted out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his days. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.3 | Ma ke noi a Lāʻieikawai e hoʻopakele iā Lāʻielohelohe a me kāna kāne, no laila, ua māʻalo aʻe ka pilikia mai o lāua aʻe, a no lāua kekahi kuleana ma ka ʻāina ma ia hope iho. | At the Request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.1 | A laila, i ia manawa ʻākoakoa lākou a pau, ka makāula a me nā kaikamāhine ʻelima, e kau mai ana ma ke ala i ʻūlili ʻia, a ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā me Lāʻieikawai ma ke kaʻawale, a he mau kapuaʻi ko lāua me he ahi lā. | Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of their feet were like fire. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka manawa a ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka i hāʻule ai i ka honua me ka ʻāpono i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | This was the time when Aiwohikupua and Waka fell to the ground, and the seer's prophecy was fulfilled. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻopaʻi a ke aliʻi no nā ʻenemi, hoʻonoho aʻela ke aliʻi o luna iā Kahalaomāpuana i mōʻī, a hoʻonoho pākahi akula i nā kaikuahine ona ma nā mokupuni. | When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over separate islands. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.2 | A ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ke kuhina nui a me Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻo ka makāula nō ko lākou mau hoa kūkā ma ke ʻano kuhina nui. | And Kekalukaluokewa was chief counsellor under Laielohelohe, and the seer was their companion in council, with the power of chief counsellor". |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻoponopono ʻana no kēia mau mea, a pono ka noho ʻana, kāʻili pū ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kāna kāne ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa, a noho ma kahi mau o kāna kāne. | After all these things were put in order and well established, Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.3 | Akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hewa o kona mau kaikuahine ma ia hope iho a hiki i ka haʻalele ʻana i kēia ao. | But there was no fault to be found with his sisters until they left this world. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope o ko Lāʻieikawai hoʻāo ʻana me Kaʻōnohiokala me ka hoʻoponopono i ka noho ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka makāula a me Kekalukaluokēwā ma, a pau kēia mau mea i ka hoʻoponopono ʻia, hoʻi akula lāua i luna o ka ʻaina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2 | A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō. | And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe. | Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula lāua me ko lāua ʻike ʻole ʻia, a e like me ka ʻōlelo, “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā ka mea iho mai e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau hoa,” ʻo ia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho ʻana me kāna kāne. | After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life with her husband. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.2 | ʻElima paha makahiki ka lōʻihi o ko lāua noho ʻana ma ka hoʻohiki paʻa o ka pelika male, a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho pono ʻana me kāna kāne, i ia manawa, hāʻule ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe me ka ʻike ʻole o nā mea ʻē aʻe i kēia hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa. | They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala fell into sin with Laielohelohe without
knowing of his falling into sin. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.1 | I ka ʻekolu malama o Lāʻieikawai mā i luna, iho maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a hoʻi akula me Lāʻieikawai. | After Laieikawai had lived three months above, Kaonohiokala went down to look after his sister's welfare, and returned to Laieikawai; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.3 | A i ka ʻekolu makahiki o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā huakaʻi mākaʻi i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokanaka makua loa aʻela kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe), a laila, ua piʻi mai a māhuahua ka wahine maikaʻi, a ʻoi aʻe ma mua o kona kaikuaʻana ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | and after three years of going below to see after his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was fullgrown and her beauty had increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā hele ʻana kēia hele ʻana a Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei, a hiki i ka ʻehā makahiki, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia mai ka nani o Lāʻielohelohe ma mua o kāna ʻike mua ʻana, a māhuahua loa aʻela ka manaʻo ʻino o Kaʻōnohiokalā. | On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and his sinful lust increased mightily, |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.4 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, ua kāʻili ʻia aku ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo maikaʻi mai ona aku a kaʻawale loa, a hāʻule ihola ʻo ia i ka hewa. | At that time virtue departed far from the mind of Kaonohiokala and he fell into sin. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo. | Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.2 | A i mea e pono ai ko ke aliʻi manaʻo kolohe, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine i poʻe kiaʻi no ka ʻāina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Keʻalohilani, a na lākou e hoʻoponopono pū me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ʻana a me nā hana a pau e pili ana i ka ʻāina. | And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike aʻela kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine ua ʻoi aku ka hanohano ma mua o kēia noho ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻolilo ʻia i mau aliʻi no kahi hiki ʻole iā lākou ke noho, e lawelawe pū me Mokukelekahiki, no laila, hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ka ʻae ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne. | When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana. | And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.4 | A inā ʻo wau nō ma lalo nei, ʻo ʻoe nō ma luna mai, a ʻo lākou nei hoʻi i waena aʻe nei, a laila, pono iho nō kākou, like loa me ka hānau ʻana mai a ko kākou makuahine, no ka mea, nāu i wāhi ke alanui, a ʻo kou mau pōkiʻi hoʻi, hele aku ma hope ou, a naʻu hoʻi i pani aku. | and if I stay below here and you above and they between, then all will be well, just as we were born of our mother; for you broke the way, your little sisters followed you, and I stopped it up; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.5 | ʻO ke oki nō ia, a ʻo ia lā.” | that was the end, and so it was." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine muli loa, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine. | Now he knew that his youngest sister had spoken well; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.6 | A loaʻa, a laila, e hoʻi mai ko ʻoukou mua, a hāʻawi mai iaʻu. | then the oldest return and give it to me, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.7 | E like me ko hānau ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hele ai, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻoukou ke hoʻi mai, a ʻo ka mea lōʻihi o kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i Keʻalohilani.” | in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.8 | Hele akula kēlā a me kēia o lākou ma ke kaʻawale, a hoʻi maila e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia iā lākou. | Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.1 | Hele akula ka mea mua, a huhuki maila, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi o kāna. | The first one went and pulled one about two inches in length, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo ka lua hoʻi, huhuki maila, a ʻoki aʻela i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻekolu ʻīniha a me ka hapa paha. | and the second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.3 | A ʻo ke kolu hoʻi, huhuki maila i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi. | and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.4 | A ʻo ka ʻehā o lākou, hoʻokahi ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi o kāna. | and the fourth of them, hers was about one inch long; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5 | A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole. | and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, koi akula ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne e hailona hou. | Then she begged her brother to draw the lot again; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole ʻōlelo i koe a Kahalaomāpuana, no ka mea, ua kū ka hailona iā ia. | Kahalaomapuana had nothing left to say, for the lot rested upon her. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.1 | A i ka lā o Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi ai i Keʻalohilani, kuʻu ʻia maila ke ānuenue mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei. | And on the day when Kahalaomapuana was to depart for Kealohilani, the rainbow was let down from above the earth. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae, a laila, lawe hou ʻia akula ke alanui i luna me kona kaikunāne pū. | When Kaonohiokala saw that his sister's words were well, he granted her wish; then the pathway was taken up again with her brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1 | A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou. | And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.2 | Ke hoʻi nei wau i ka ʻāina a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai. | to return to a land unknown to you; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe no koʻu makemake e hoʻi i ia ʻāina, akā, na koʻu lima nō i ʻae iaʻu e haʻalele iā ʻoukou ma muli o ka hailona a kuʻu kaikunāne lani nei. | it was not my wish to go back to this land, but my hand decided my leaving you according to the lot laid by my divine brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.6 | No laila, e pule ʻoukou i ke akua, a e pule nō hoʻi wau i koʻu akua, a inā i mana nā pule a kākou, a laila, e hālāwai hou ana nō kākou ma kēia hope aku. | now, therefore, do you pray to your god and I will pray to my god, and if our prayer has might, then shall we meet again hereafter. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.10 | A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa. | Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.2 | He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine. | who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away, |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ke ʻano akua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua lilo ka hailona iā Kahalaomāpuana. | and by his supernatural arts he made the lot fall to Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.1 | A kaʻawale akula kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ʻana paha o ka hapahā ʻelua o ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou maila ʻo ia i lalo nei e hoʻokō i kona manaʻo kuko iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi. | Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1 | A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī. | When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, lawe aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona kuhina nui (ka makāula), ma kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni. | And for this reason Kekalukaluokewa took his chief counsellor (the prophet) with him on the circuit. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Pihanakalani, a hele akula ma kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni, i ia lā nō hoʻi ka haʻalele ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā iā lalo nei. | So Kekalukaluokewa left Pihanakalani and started on the business of visiting the group; the same day Kaonohiokala left those below. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kēlā hoʻi ʻana ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hiki loa i luna, akā, ua ʻike naʻe ʻo ia i ia lā e holo ana nā waʻa o Kekalukaluokēwā i ka moana, a no ia mea, hoʻi hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei, a launa ihola me Lāʻielohelohe; ʻaʻole naʻe i hana ʻia ka hewa i ia manawa. | When Kaonohiokala started to return he did not go all the way up, but just watched that day the sailing of Kekalukaluokewa's canoes over the ocean. Then Kaonohiokala came back down and sought the companionship of Laielohelohe, but not just then was the sin committed. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua me Lāʻielohelohe e hālāwai lā, noi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā mea ʻē aʻe, a ma kona ʻano mea nui, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine mau ʻaialo. | When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers withdrew. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe me Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻī akula, “ʻO ka ʻekolu kēia o koʻu mau makahiki (puni) o ka makemake ʻana iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ulu kou nani a pāpale ma luna o kou kaikuaʻana (Lāʻieikawai). | When Laielohelohe and Kaonohiokala were alone he said, "This is the third year that I have desired you, for your beauty has grown and overshadowed your sister's, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.3 | A no laila, ma nā lā hope nei, ua hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hoʻomanawanui e pale aku i ke kuko noʻu iā ʻoe mai ou aku.” | Now at last my patience no longer avails to turn away my passion from you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.1 | “E kuʻu Lani ē,” wahi a Lāʻielohelohe, “pehea lā e kaʻawale ai i ia kuko ou maiā ʻoe aʻe? | "O my high one," said Laielohelohe, "how can you rid yourself of your passion? |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.2 | A he aha lā ka manaʻo o kuʻu lani e pono ai ke hana?” | And what does my high one see fit to do?" |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.3 | “E launa kino kāua,” wahi a Kaʻōnohiokalā, “ʻO ia wale nō ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻia i mua oʻu.” | "Let us know one another." said Kaonohiokala. "this is the only thing to be done for me." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole kāua e launa kino, e kuʻu Lani, no ka mea, ʻo ka mea nāna i mālama iaʻu mai kuʻu wā ʻuʻuku mai a loaʻa wale kuʻu kāne, nāna ka ʻōlelo paʻa ma oʻu lā, ʻaʻole e hāʻawi i kuʻu kino me kahi mea ʻē aʻe e hoʻohaumia. | Said Laielohelohe, "We can not touch one another, my high one, for the one who brought me up from the time I was born until I found my husband, he has strictly bound me not to defile my flesh with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.2 | A no laila, e kuʻu Lani ē, na ka mea nāna ka hoʻohiki paʻa iaʻu e ʻae aku i kou makemake.” | and, therefore, my high one, it is his to grant your wish." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mea, ʻakahi nō a hoʻomōhala ʻia ke kuko ʻino i loko, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna me kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | "When Kaonohiokala heard this, then he had some check to his passion, then he returned to the heavens to his wife, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i anahulu kona mau lā i luna, uhi paʻapū hou ʻia maila ʻo ia e nā hekili o ke kuko ʻino, a hiki ʻole ke hoʻomanawanui no ke kuko. | He had not been ten days there when he was again thick-pressed by the thunders of his evil lust, and he could not hold out against it. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.3 | A na kēia kuko, kaʻikaʻi kino hou ʻia lā ʻo ia mai luna mai e hālāwai hou me Lāʻielohelohe. | To ease this passion he was again forced down below to meet Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.1 | A no ka lohe mua ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā “nā mea nāna i mālama” iā ia ka “hoʻohiki paʻa e ʻae aku,” no laila, kiʻi mua akula ʻo ia ma o Kapūkaʻihaoa lā e noi aku e ʻae mai i ko ke aliʻi makemake. | And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's purpose. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.2 | A no laila hoʻi, hele mua akula ʻo ia, a ʻōlelo aku iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua makemake wau e lawe iā Lāʻielohelohe e pili me aʻu i kēia manawa. | So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with Laielohelohe for a time, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.4 | A no laila, kiʻi mai nei wau ma ou lā.” | and so I have come to you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.3 | Ua ʻupu aku hoʻi ko māua manaʻo me ka mea nāna i mālama kāu wahine (Lāʻieikawai), ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ke kāne a kaʻu hānai; ua pono nō. | It was our strong desire, mine and hers who took care of your wife Laieikawai, that Kekalukaluokewa should be our foster child's husband; very good, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.5 | A no laila, e aho hoʻi ke kā i ka nele loa, a nāu ka wahine a ʻolua.” | so it will be well, in order to avoid a second misfortune, that you have the wife for the two of you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau kamaʻilio a lāua ma ke kaʻawale, hele akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me ke aliʻi pū a hiki i o Lāʻielohelohe lā, ʻī akula, “E kuʻu luhi, eia ke kāne. | At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief to Laielohelohe. Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.3 | Keʻehia kūlana a paʻa, a nānā mai i ka mea nāna i luhi.” | a solid fortune, nothing can shake its foundation; and look to the one who bore the burden." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.4 | A laila, he mea kānalua ʻole ia iā Lāʻielohelohe, a lawe aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe a hui ʻoluʻolu ihola lāua. | Then Laielohelohe dismissed her doubts; and Kaonohiokala took Laielohelohe and they took their pleasure together. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.1 | A ma hope iho o ia mau lā kaʻawale, ua ʻaʻaki paʻa ʻia ke aloha wela i luna o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a ʻano ʻē kona mau helehelena. | And after he had been some days absent, the pangs of love caught him fast, and changed his usual appearance. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole wau i moe iki i ka hoʻopahupahu wale ʻia nō a ao wale.” | I never slept, there was a drumming all night long." |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAe paha,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “ʻaʻole nō lā hoʻi e iho?” | "Perhaps so," said Laieikawai. "Why not go down and see?" |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.2 | A no kēia huakēnā a kāna wahine, he mea manawa ʻole, noho ana i lalo nei ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a launa nō me Lāʻielohelohe. | And at his wife's mere suggestion, in less than no time Kaonohiokala was below in the companionship of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana. | When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ulu maila a māhuahua ke aloha o Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā no kona hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa me Kaʻōnohiokalā. | Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō. | One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “I ʻae aku au e lilo ʻoe i ka mea ʻē no kuʻu nele i ka haʻawina waiwai o ko kāne, no ka mea, ma kuʻu maka ponoʻī nei nō ka waiwai a ko kāne i hāʻawi aʻe ai, a ʻo wau nō ke kū. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to others; there I stood, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.9 sent.2 | A no laila, ʻapōpō e kau wau ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo aku e ʻimi i kuʻu kāne.” | and therefore to-morrow I will go on board a double canoe and set sail to seek my husband.'" |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.2 | A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses, |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia (Kaʻōnohiokalā) i hiki mai a hiki i kona hala ʻana i ka moana i ia pō iho. | but he did not come until that night when she had left and was out at sea. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.2 sent.1 | A hala ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka moana, a hiki ma Oʻahu, noho ihola ʻo ia ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | When she sailed, she came to Oahu and stayed in the country people's houses. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.2 sent.2 | Pēlā ʻo ia i hele ai a hiki i ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me Kekalukaluokēwā. | So she journeyed until her meeting with Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe paha i Oʻahu, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e launa hou me Lāʻielohelohe, akā, i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hale aliʻi. | About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no Laielohelohe at the chief's house; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.3 | Akā, ua haʻi malū aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi i ke kumu o kona hele ʻana, a no ka nele o ko ke aliʻi makemake, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | Now Laielohelohe had secretly told the guard of the chief's house why she was going. And failing in his desires he returned above. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.4 | ʻO kēia hāʻule ʻana naʻe a nā aliʻi i ka hewa, ua nakulu akula kēia lohe i ke aloaliʻi, ma o nā ʻaialo wale nō naʻe, a ua lohe pū ʻia nō hoʻi ko Lāʻielohelohe makemake ʻole. | The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of Laielohelohe's displeasure. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou. | And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents; |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, ʻimi akula ʻo ia mai Kauaʻi mai a Oʻahu, a Maui, i Lahaina kēia, lohe, aia ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i Hāna, ua hoʻi mai mai Hawaiʻi mai. | Now, she followed him from Kauai to Oahu and to Maui; she came to Lahaina, heard Kekalukaluokewa was in Hana, having returned from Hawaii. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.1 | Holo akula ʻo ia ma nā waʻa a pae ma Honuaʻula, i laila, lohe lākou, ʻo Hinaikamalama ka wahine a Kekalukaluokēwā; ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike ko Honuaʻula poʻe, ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine kēia. | She sailed by canoe and came to Honuaula; there they heard that Hinaikamalama was Kekalukaluokewa's wife; the Honuaula people did not know that this was his wife. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, lalelale koke akula lākou a hiki i Kaupō a me Kīpahulu. | When Laielohelohe heard this news, they hurried forward at once and came to Kaupo and Kipahulu. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo ʻia maila ka lohe mua o lākou i Honuaʻula, a ma laila aku lākou a kau nā waʻa ma Kapōhue. | There was substantiated the news they heard first at Honuaula, and there they beached the canoe at Kapohue, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻalele lākou i nā waʻa, hele akula lākou a Waiohonu, lohe lākou, ua hala ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me Hinaikamalama i Kaʻuiki. | left it, went to Waiohonu and heard that Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama had gone to Kauwiki, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.5 | A hiki lākou i Kaʻuiki, ua hala loa akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mā i Honokalani. | and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his companion had gone on to Honokalani; |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana a lākou a hiki i Kaʻuiki, ua ahiahi naʻe, nīnau akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i nā kamaʻāina i ka lōʻihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, kahi a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana me Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo mai ke kamaʻāina, “Napoʻo ka lā, hiki,” a hele akula lākou, me ke kamaʻāina pū. | On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." They went on, accompanied by the natives, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2 | A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi. | and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike aku i nā aliʻi e inu ʻawa ana, hoʻi maila, a haʻi maila iā lākou nei. | The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking awa, and returned and told them. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻouna hou akula nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele hou e nānā i nā aliʻi, me ka ʻī aku naʻe, “E hele ʻoe e nānā a ʻike i nā aliʻi e hiamoe ana, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe, a hele pū aku kākou.” | Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, a laila, hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike akula, ua hiamoe nā aliʻi, hoʻi akula a ʻōlelo akula iā Lāʻielohelohe. | And at her command, the natives went and found out where the chiefs slept, and returned and told Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kāna kāne male (hoʻāo). | Then for the first time she told the natives that she was Kekalukaluokewa's married wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i ka hewa ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia kāna mea i hele mai ai e haʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | and, because of that man's hearing about Laielohelohe, he came there to tell Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe mā i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana, aia hoʻi, e hiamoe mai ana lāua ma kahi hoʻokahi; ua hoʻouhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu hoʻokahi; e moe ana naʻe i ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place under one covering, drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.2 | A komo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a noho ihola ma ke poʻo o lāua (Kekalukaluokēwā mā), honi ihola i ka ihu a uē malū ihola i loko ona, akā, ua hoʻohanini ʻia nā māpuna waimaka o Lāʻielohelohe no ka ʻike ʻana iho, he wahine ʻē kā kāna kāne. | Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their head, kissed him and wept quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw another woman sleeping by her husband, |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki iā lāua ke ʻike aʻe i kēia, no ka mea, ua lumilumi ʻia lāua e ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | nor did they know this; for they were drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula. | Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a ʻike ihola, ʻo kāna wahine. | Then Kekalukaluokewa started from his sleep and saw his wife; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.3 | I ia wā, hikilele maila ʻo Hinaikamalama mai ka hiamoe mai a ʻike ihola, he wahine ʻē kēia me lāua, holo akula ʻo ia mai o lāua nei aku me ka huhū nui, me ka manaʻo hoʻi, ʻaʻole kēia ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine. | just then, Hinaikamalama waked suddenly from sleep and saw this strange woman with them; she ran away from them in a rage, not knowing this was Kekalukaluokewa's wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.5 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina? | When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻela kona huhū mai ona aku, a pani ʻia ihola ka hilahila a me ka makaʻu ma ka hakahaka o ka huhū. | Then her rage left her and shame and fear took the place of rage. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.1 | I ka wā naʻe i ala aʻe ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai ka hiamoe ʻona ʻawa aʻe a ʻike maila i ka wahine, iā Lāʻielohelohe, honi ihola ma ke ʻano mau o ka hiki malihini ʻana. | When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.2 | A laila, ʻī maila ʻo ia i kāna wahine, “E Lāʻielohelohe, ua lohe iho nei wau nou. | Then he said to his wife, "Laielohelohe, I have heard about your |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.3 | Ua hāʻule ʻoe i ka hewa me ka haku o kāua (Kaʻōnohiokalā), a no laila, ua pono akula nō ʻoe me ia, a ua pono nō hoʻi wau ke noho aku ma lalo o ʻolua, no ka mea, nona mai kēia noho hanohano ʻana, a aia nō hoʻi iā ia ka make a me ke ola. | falling into sin with our lord, Kaonohiokala, and now this is well for you and him, and well for me to rule under you two; for from him this honor comes, and life and death are with him; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.4 | Kamaʻilio aku paha auaneʻi wau, ʻo ka make mai kā ia ala, no laila, ma kahi a ka haku o kāua e manaʻo ai, pono nō ke hoʻokō aku. | if I should object, he would kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kāna kāne, “ʻAuhea ʻoe, kuʻu kāne o ka wā heu ʻole. | Then Laielohelohe said to her husband, "Where are you, husband of my childhood? |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.2 | Ua pololei kou lohe, a he ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua hāʻule wau i ka hewa me ua haku lā o ka ʻāina. | What you have heard is true, and it is true that I have fallen into sin with the lord of the land, |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.4 | ʻElua wale nō a māua hana ʻana i ka hewa. | only twice have we sinned; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.5 | Akā, e kuʻu kāne, ʻaʻole naʻu i ʻae e hāʻawi iaʻu e hoʻohaumia i kuʻu kino me ua haku lā o kāua, akā, na kuʻu mea nāna i mālama iaʻu i ʻae e hana wau i ka hewa, no ka mea, i ka lā a ʻoukou i hele mai ai, ʻo ia nō ka lā a ua haku lā o kāua i noi mai ai iaʻu e hoʻohaumia iā māua, akā, no koʻu makemake ʻole, no laila, ua kuhikuhi aku wau i koʻu ʻae ʻole iā ia. | but, my husband, it was not I who consented to defile my body with our lord, but it was my guardian who permitted the sin; for on the day when you went away, that very day our lord asked me to defile myself; but I did not wish it, therefore I referred my refusal to him; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.6 | Akā, i ka hoʻi ʻana i luna a hoʻi hou mai, nonoi aʻela kēlā iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, a no laila, ua launa kino māua ʻelua manawa. | but on his return from above he asked Kapukaihaoa, and so we met twice; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.7 | A no koʻu makemake ʻole, ua hūnā wau iaʻu iho ma nā hale kuaʻāina, a no ia mea nō hoʻi, ua haʻalele wau i kahi aʻu i hoʻonoho ai, a ua ʻimi mai nei wau iā ʻoe. | and because I did not like it, I hid myself in the country people's houses, and for the same reason have I left the seat appointed me, and have sought you; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.8 | A i koʻu hiki ʻana mai nei hoʻi, loaʻa iho nei ʻoe iaʻu me kēlā wahine. | and when I arrived, I found you with that woman. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.9 | A no laila, ua paʻi wale kāua. | Therefore we are square; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.12 | A no kēia mea, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a ka wahine i mua o kāna kāne, akā, ma kēia ʻōlelo hope a Lāʻielohelohe, i ia manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ke ahi ʻenaʻena o ke aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, e kaʻawale ana lāua mai ko lāua launa hewa ʻana. | Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i Haneoʻo, a noho ihola ma kona hale mau. | Hinaikamalama returned home to Haneoo to live; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā lā kēia lā o Hinaikamalama ma kona hale aliʻi, he mea mau ia ka noho ma ka puka o ka hale, a huli ke alo i Kaʻuiki, no ka mea, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ʻo ia e ke aloha wela. | every day that Hinaikamalama stayed at her chief-house, she was wont to sit at the door of the house and turn her face to Kauwiki, for the hot love that wrapped her about. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila. | One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2 | Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei: | with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows: |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.2 | I ka lele aʻe a ke ehu kai o Hanualele, | As flies the sea spray of Hanualele, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kāna oli ʻana, uē ihola ʻo ia, a nāna i uē, uē pū me nā kahu ona. | After this song she wept, and seeing her weep, her attendants wept with her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola lākou ma ia lā a ahiahi, hoʻi akula i ka hale, kēnā maila nā mākua a me nā kahu e ʻai, akā, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā ia ka ʻono o ka ʻai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. | They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite for food because of her love. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.1 | A pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, iā Hinaikamalama i haʻalele aku ai iā Kekalukaluokēwā i ka pō a Lāʻielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi kāne. | It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not happy, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.2 | A no laila, ua hoʻomanawanui ʻo ia i kekahi mau lā ma hope mai o ko lāua kaʻawale ʻana. | but he endured it for some days after their separation. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.1 | A ma kēlā lā, iā Hinaikamalama i piʻi ai i luna o Kaiwiopele, a ma ia pō iho, hiki ʻo ia i o Hinaikamalama lā me ka ʻike ʻole o Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ua hiamoe ʻo ia. | And on the day when Hinaikamalama went up on Kaiwiopele, that same night, he went to Hinaikamalama without Laielohelohe's knowledge, for she was asleep. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i hiki aku ai, pololei akula nō ʻo ia a ma kahi a ke aliʻi wahine e hiamoe ana, lālau akula i ka wahine ma ke poʻo, a hoʻāla akula. | When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāhea aʻela ʻo ia i nā kahu e hoʻā ke kukui, a ma ka wanaʻao, hoʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me kāna hānau kama (Lāʻielohelohe). | Then she called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.1 | Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau iā Kekalukaluokēwā ka hele pinepine i o Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō kēia pō me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia, a hala he anahulu ʻokoʻa o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻomau ʻana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka ʻike ʻole o kāna wahine, no ka mea, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻike e ka ʻona ʻawa mau ma muli o ka makemake o kāna kāne. | After that, Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of awa. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.9 sent.1 | ʻAʻole anei he uilani, a kaniʻuhū mai i kekahi manawa no ka wahine?” | Does he not struggle and groan sometimes for the woman?" |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAe paha,” wahi a Lāʻielohelohe, “akā, i kaʻu ʻike aku a māua e noho nei, he ʻoluʻolu ko māua noho ʻana.” | "Perhaps so," answered Laielohelohe, "but so far as I see we are living very happily." |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.3 | I ka wanaʻao, ala akula kaʻu kāne i ka mahi ʻai ma ua mahina ʻai nei a māua. | my husband gets up to dig in our garden. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.6 | Hoʻi aʻe kuʻu kāne, a ʻōlelo iaʻu, ʻaʻole naʻe wau i hoʻomaopopo. | my husband returned and told me, but I was not sure. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.7 | A ma ia pō mai, i ka puka a ka mahina, ala aʻela wau me kaʻu kāne, a iho akula i ka paeaea ʻāweoweo ma ke kai o Haneoʻo. | On the next night, at moonrise, I got up with my husband, and we went to fish for red fish in the sea at Haneoo; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8 | Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua. | as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.9 | I ia manawa, alu aʻela māua e peʻe ana, aia naʻe, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia e hele nei, a laila, ukali akula māua ma ko ia ala mau kapuaʻi a hiki māua ma kahi i kokoke i ka hale o Hinaikamalama. | then we turned aside and hid; it was Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came close to Hinaikamalama's house; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.11 | Iā māua i ka lawaiʻa a hoʻi mai māua a ma kahi nō a mākou i hālāwai mua ai, loaʻa ihola māua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele ana. | After we had fished and returned to the place where we met him first, we met him going back, |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.12 | ʻAʻole āna ʻōlelo ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻi a māua ʻōlelo iā ia. | and we did not speak to him nor he to us; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.14 | Naʻu naʻe i hoʻohuahualau aku, a no laila, hū mai koʻu aloha me kaʻu kāne iā ʻoe, hele mai nei wau e haʻi aku iā ʻoe.” | that is my secret: and therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka wahine kamaʻāina, a laila, ua ʻano ʻē ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | And at the woman's words, the princess's mind was moved; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, hoʻomaka hou ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā e hāʻawi i ka ʻawa, a laila, hoʻokō akula nō kāna wahine, akā, ma hope o ka pau ʻana o ka inu ʻawa ʻana, puka koke akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i waho o ka hale, a hoʻolualuaʻi akula a pau loa ka ʻawa i ka luaʻi ʻia. | That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the awa, then she obeyed him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house immediately and threw it up; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike mai kāna kāne i kēia hana maʻalea a kāna wahine, a i ka hoʻi ʻana aku i ka hale, hāʻawi mua ihola ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ʻano maʻalea. | and afterwards her husband did not know of his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay down and pretended to sleep. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā he hiamoe ʻiʻo ko kāna wahine no ka ʻona ʻawa, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka hou ke kāne i kāna hana mau, a hele akula i o Hinaikamalama lā. | When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the effects of the awa, then he started to make his usual visit to Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ua hala akula kēlā, ala aʻela ʻo ia, a ukali akula iā Kekalukaluokēwā me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia. | When Laielohelohe saw that he had left her, she arose and followed Kekalukaluokewa without being seen. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.4 | A no laila, ua loaʻa maopopo aʻe nei ʻolua iaʻu, no laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole e pono iā kāua ke hoʻomanawanui i ka noho ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to endure this any longer. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.5 | E pono iā kāua ke hoʻi i Kauaʻi, a no laila, e hoʻi kāua ʻānō.” | We had best return to Kauai; we must go at once." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.1 | ʻIke maila kāna kāne i ka maikaʻi o ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, kū aʻela lāua, a hoʻi akula i Honokalani. | Her husband saw that the princess was right; they arose and returned to Honokalani |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.2 | A ma ia ao ʻana aʻe, hoʻomākaukau koke nā waʻa no ka hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, i ia pō iho e holo ai. | and next day the canoes were hastily prepared to fulfill Laielohelohe's demand, thinking to sail that night; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i holo, no ka mea, ua hōʻōmaʻimaʻi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, a no laila, ua hala i ia pō, a i kekahi pō iho, hana hou nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kāna hana, a no ia mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha i kāna kāne, a hoʻi akula i Kauaʻi ma kona mau waʻa me kona manaʻo hou ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | but they did not, for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe ma Kauaʻi ma hope iho o kona haʻalele ʻana i kāna kāne, i kekahi lā, hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai Kahakaekaea mai, a hālāwai ihola me Lāʻielohelohe, a hala ʻehā malama o ko lāua hui kalohe ʻana. | The next day after Laielohelohe reached Kauai after leaving her husband, Kaonohiokala arrived again from Kahakaekaea, and met with Laielohelohe. Four months passed of their amorous meetings; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.3 sent.2 | A ma hope o ia manawa haʻohaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i luna. | and as Laieikawai wondered at the long absence, Kaonohiokala returned. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.4 sent.2 | Ua lilo ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ka wahine ʻē, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea i noho lōʻihi ai.” | Kekalukaluokewa has taken a stranger to wife, and this is why I was so long away." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna kāne, “E kiʻi ʻoe i ko wahine, a hoʻihoʻi mai e noho pū kākou.” | Then Laieikawai said to her husband, "Get your wife and bring her up here and let us live together." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻieikawai, a iho maila, me ka manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, e kiʻi ana ma muli o kāna kauoha, ʻaʻole kā! | Therefore. Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai thought, to carry out her command. Not so! |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, ake nui aʻela ʻo ia e ʻike i ka pono o kona kaikaina. | Then she longed to see how it was with her sister, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.3 | No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai nei kuʻu kāne lani, ua hewa ka noho ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, a no ia mea, ua hoʻouna aku nei wau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā e kiʻi aku i ka wahine a hoʻi mai. | for I have heard from my husband and high one that Laielohelohe is having trouble, with Kekalukaluokewa, and so I have sent Kaonohiokala to fetch the woman and return hither; |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, kona makuahōnōwai kāne, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ko ʻolua wahi. | Then said Moanalihaikawaokele, her father-in-law, "Go home |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.3 | Inā ua hiamoe, a laila, e hele aku ʻoe a komo i loko o ka heiau kapu, inā e ʻike aku ʻoe i ka ipu, ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a ua haku ʻia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o ke poʻi, ʻo ia ua ipu lā. | if she is asleep. then go into the taboo temple; if you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of the cover, that is the gourd. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.6 | Ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a hana ʻia i ka hulu. | they are plaited with straw and inwrought with feathers. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.1 | “A i kou hiki ʻana i kahi o ua ipu lā e kū ana, wehe aʻe ʻoe i ke poʻi, a laila, hoʻokomo iho ʻoe i ko poʻo i ka waha o ua ipu lā, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe ma ka inoa o ua ipu lā,'E Laukapalili ē, hō mai i ka ʻike' | And when you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.' |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, loaʻa iā ʻoe ka ʻike e hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻike aku i kou kaikaina, a me nā mea a pau o lalo. | Then you shall see your sister and all that is happening below. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.4 | He mea mau naʻe iā Laukieleʻula, ma ka pō ʻo ia e ala ai e mālama i ua ipu lā o ka ʻike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. | Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom at night, and by day she slept. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ihola kēlā ua hiamoe, hoʻokō aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kauoha a Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele akula ʻo ia e like me ka mea i aʻoaʻo ʻia mai iā ia. | When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had directed, and she went as he had instructed her. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki kēia ma kahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapa ʻia, “Kaipuokaʻike,” wehe aʻela kēia i ke poʻi o ka ipu, a kūpou ihola kona poʻo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, a kāhea ihola ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei. | When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the gourd, and she called the name of the gourd, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o kēia manawa, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi akula iā Moanalihaikawaokele no kēia mau mea, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Ua loaʻa iaʻu ka ʻike maiā ʻoe mai. | Then Laieikawai went and told Moanalihaikawaokele about it, saying, "I have employed the power you gave me, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAkahi nō a maopopo iaʻu nā kumu a me ke kuleana o kona noho lōʻihi ʻana i lalo.” | for the first time I understand why his business takes him so long down below." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, he mea ʻē ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pū aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula, hele akula kona mau mākuahōnōwai i kahi o ka ipu ʻike, aia hoʻi, ʻike leʻa akula lāua e hana ana i ka hewa e like me kā Lāʻieikawai mau ʻōlelo. | Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd — lo! they plainly saw the sin committed as Laieikawai had said. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, ʻākoakoa aʻela lākou a pau, ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā mākuahōnōwai, e hele a ʻike i ka pono o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ia mea. | That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in- law, to see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻu ʻia akula ke alanui mai Kahakaekaea aku a kū i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia wā, ua lele koke ka ʻōʻili o Kaʻōnohiokalā no ke alanui i kuʻu ʻia mai i mua ona. | Then the pathway was let down from Kahakaekaea and dropped before Kaonohiokala; then Kaonohiokala's heart beat with fear, because the road dropped before him; |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ka lewa, a hoʻopiha ʻia i nā leo wawalo o ka hanehane, me ka leo uē, “Ua hāʻule ka lani! | Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing spirits and the voice of lamentation — "The divine one has fallen! |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.3 | A i ka pau ʻana aʻe o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoʻi, e kau mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleʻula, a me Lāʻieikawai i luna o ke alanui ānuenue. | And when the darkness was over, lo! Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow pathway. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa kāu hana, e Kaʻōnohiokalā ē, no ka mea, ua haumia loa ʻoe, a no laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa hou iā ʻoe he wahi noho i loko o Kahakaekaea, a ʻo kou uku hoʻopaʻi, e lilo ana ʻoe i mea e hoʻomākaʻukaʻu ʻia ai ma nā alanui, a ma ka puka o nā hale, a ʻo kou inoa, he lapu, a ʻo kāu mea e ʻai ai, ʻo nā pulelehua, a ma laila kou kuleana a mau i kāu pua.” | And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.3 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula lākou i Kahakaekaea. | Then they returned to Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.3 sent.1 | (Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma kēia kaʻao, ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā ka lapu mua ma kēia mau moku, a ma ona lā nā lapu e ʻauana nei i kēia mau lā, ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana i ke ʻano o ka lapu, he ʻuhane ʻino.) | (In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.) |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAkahi nō a lohe lākou aia ʻo ia ma laila. | and for the first time discovered she was there. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.3 | A ma kēia hālāwai ʻana o lākou, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka moʻolelo o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻia ʻana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamāhiku o kēia kaʻao. | And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kaʻōnohiokalā. | and at the end Kahalaomapuana was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.2 | He mea mau naʻe iā Lāʻieikawai ka uē pinepine no kona kaikaina, a he mea haʻohaʻo nō hoʻi i kona mau mākuahōnōwai ka ʻike aku i ko Lāʻieikawai mau maka, ua ʻano maka uē. | often she wept for her sister, and her parents-in-law thought it strange to see Laieikawai's eyes looking as if she had wept. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kou kaikaina e noho pū me kākou, no ka mea, ua haumia ʻo ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, akā, inā he manaʻo kou i ko kaikaina, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kekalukaluokēwā.” | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.1 | A ma ka lā o Lāʻieikawai i hoʻokuʻu ʻia mai ai, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “E hoʻi ʻoe a me kou kaikaina. | And on the day when Laieikawai was let down, Moanalihaikawaokele said, "Return to your sister |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2 | E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.” | and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.3 | A pau kēia kauoha, lawe aʻela ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele a kau akula i luna o ke alanui, a kau pū akula me Moanalihaikawaokele, a kuʻu ʻia maila i lalo nei. | And after this command, Moanalihaikawaokele took her, and both together mounted upon the pathway and returned below. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i nā mea a pau e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, a pau ia, hoʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i luna, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | Then. Moanalihaikawaokele said all these things told above, and when he had ended he returned to the heavens and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia. | Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ia ʻano nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i noho ai a hiki i kona make ʻana. | And so Laieikawai lived until her death. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2 | A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai). | And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight. |